xref: /illumos-gate/usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c (revision a35bb9d9ee633a4a0be9c2cbaba81e6fc386748a)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30  * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
31  * Copyright 2019 Joyent, Inc.
32  * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
33  * Copyright 2020 Joshua M. Clulow <josh@sysmgr.org>
34  * Copyright 2021 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association.
35  * Copyright 2022 Oxide Computer Company
36  * Copyright 2023 MNX Cloud, Inc.
37  */
38 
39 /*
40  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
41  *
42  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
43  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
44  * pool.
45  */
46 
47 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
48 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
49 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/zio.h>
51 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu.h>
53 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
54 #include <sys/zap.h>
55 #include <sys/zil.h>
56 #include <sys/ddt.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
63 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
64 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
65 #include <sys/mmp.h>
66 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
67 #include <sys/txg.h>
68 #include <sys/avl.h>
69 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
70 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
71 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
72 #include <sys/unique.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
78 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
79 #include <sys/arc.h>
80 #include <sys/callb.h>
81 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
82 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
83 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
84 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
85 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
87 #include <sys/abd.h>
88 
89 #ifdef	_KERNEL
90 #include <sys/bootprops.h>
91 #include <sys/callb.h>
92 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
93 #include <sys/pool.h>
94 #include <sys/sysdc.h>
95 #include <sys/zone.h>
96 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
97 
98 #include "zfs_prop.h"
99 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
100 
101 /*
102  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
103  * should be retried.
104  */
105 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
106 
107 typedef enum zti_modes {
108 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
109 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
110 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
111 	ZTI_NMODES
112 } zti_modes_t;
113 
114 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
115 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
116 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
117 
118 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
119 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
120 
121 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
122 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
123 	uint_t zti_value;
124 	uint_t zti_count;
125 } zio_taskq_info_t;
126 
127 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
128 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
129 };
130 
131 /*
132  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
133  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
134  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
135  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
136  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
137  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
138  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
139  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
140  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
141  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
142  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
143  *
144  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
145  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
146  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
147  */
148 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
149 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
150 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
151 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
152 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
153 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
154 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
155 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
156 	{ ZTI_N(4),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* TRIM */
157 };
158 
159 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
160 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
161 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
162 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
163 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
164 
165 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
166 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
167 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
168 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
169 
170 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
171 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
172 
173 /*
174  * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
175  * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
176  */
177 boolean_t	spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
178 
179 /*
180  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
181  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
182  */
183 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
184 
185 /*
186  * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
187  */
188 boolean_t	spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
189 
190 /*
191  * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
192  * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
193  * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
194  * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
195  * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
196  *
197  * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
198  * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
199  * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
200  * addition of that device should be completely intact.
201  *
202  * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
203  * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
204  * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
205  *
206  * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
207  * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
208  * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
209  * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
210  */
211 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
212 
213 /*
214  * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
215  * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
216  * might be incomplete or out-dated.
217  *
218  * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
219  * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
220  * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
221  * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
222  * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
223  * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
224  */
225 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
226 
227 /*
228  * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
229  * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
230  * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
231  */
232 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
233 
234 /*
235  * Interval in seconds at which to poll spare vdevs for health.
236  * Setting this to zero disables spare polling.
237  * Set to three hours by default.
238  */
239 uint_t		spa_spare_poll_interval_seconds = 60 * 60 * 3;
240 
241 /*
242  * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
243  */
244 boolean_t	zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
245 
246 /*
247  * ==========================================================================
248  * SPA properties routines
249  * ==========================================================================
250  */
251 
252 /*
253  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
254  */
255 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)256 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
257     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
258 {
259 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
260 	nvlist_t *propval;
261 
262 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
263 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
264 
265 	if (strval != NULL)
266 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
267 	else
268 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
269 
270 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
271 	nvlist_free(propval);
272 }
273 
274 /*
275  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
276  */
277 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)278 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
279 {
280 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
281 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
282 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
283 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
284 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
285 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
286 
287 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
288 
289 	if (rvd != NULL) {
290 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc);
291 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa));
292 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa));
293 
294 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc);
295 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
296 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
297 
298 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
299 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
300 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
301 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
302 		    size - alloc, src);
303 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
304 		    spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
305 
306 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
307 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
308 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
309 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
310 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
311 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
312 
313 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
314 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
315 
316 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
317 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
318 
319 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
320 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
321 
322 		version = spa_version(spa);
323 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
324 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
325 		else
326 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
327 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
328 	}
329 
330 	if (pool != NULL) {
331 		/*
332 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
333 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
334 		 */
335 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
336 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
337 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
338 			    src);
339 		} else {
340 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
341 			    NULL, 0, src);
342 		}
343 
344 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
345 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
346 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
347 			    src);
348 		} else {
349 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
350 			    NULL, 0, src);
351 		}
352 	}
353 
354 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
355 
356 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
357 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
358 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
359 	}
360 
361 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
362 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
363 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
364 
365 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
366 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
367 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
368 	} else {
369 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
370 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
371 	}
372 
373 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) {
374 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
375 		    DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
376 	} else {
377 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
378 		    DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
379 	}
380 
381 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
382 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
383 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
384 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
385 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
386 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
387 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
388 		}
389 	}
390 }
391 
392 /*
393  * Get zpool property values.
394  */
395 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)396 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
397 {
398 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
399 	zap_cursor_t zc;
400 	zap_attribute_t za;
401 	int err;
402 
403 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
404 
405 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
406 
407 	/*
408 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
409 	 */
410 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
411 
412 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
413 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
414 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
415 		return (0);
416 	}
417 
418 	/*
419 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
420 	 */
421 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
422 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
423 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
424 		uint64_t intval = 0;
425 		char *strval = NULL;
426 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
427 		zpool_prop_t prop;
428 
429 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
430 			continue;
431 
432 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
433 		case 8:
434 			/* integer property */
435 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
436 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
437 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
438 
439 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
440 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
441 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
442 
443 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
444 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
445 				err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
446 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
447 				if (err != 0) {
448 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
449 					break;
450 				}
451 
452 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
453 				    KM_SLEEP);
454 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
455 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
456 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
457 			} else {
458 				strval = NULL;
459 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
460 			}
461 
462 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
463 
464 			if (strval != NULL)
465 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
466 
467 			break;
468 
469 		case 1:
470 			/* string property */
471 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
472 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
473 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
474 			if (err) {
475 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
476 				break;
477 			}
478 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
479 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
480 			break;
481 
482 		default:
483 			break;
484 		}
485 	}
486 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
487 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
488 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
489 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
490 		*nvp = NULL;
491 		return (err);
492 	}
493 
494 	return (0);
495 }
496 
497 /*
498  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
499  * for the property values to be set.
500  */
501 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)502 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
503 {
504 	nvpair_t *elem;
505 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
506 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
507 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
508 
509 	elem = NULL;
510 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
511 		uint64_t intval;
512 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
513 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
514 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
515 
516 		switch (prop) {
517 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
518 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
519 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
520 				break;
521 			}
522 
523 			/*
524 			 * Sanitize the input.
525 			 */
526 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
527 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
528 				break;
529 			}
530 
531 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
532 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
533 				break;
534 			}
535 
536 			if (intval != 0) {
537 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
538 				break;
539 			}
540 
541 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
542 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
543 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
544 				break;
545 			}
546 
547 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
548 			break;
549 
550 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
551 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
552 			if (!error &&
553 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
554 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
555 			    has_feature))
556 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
557 			break;
558 
559 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
560 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
561 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
562 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
563 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
564 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
565 			if (!error && intval > 1)
566 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
567 			break;
568 
569 		case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
570 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
571 			if (!error && intval > 1)
572 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
573 
574 			if (!error && !spa_get_hostid())
575 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
576 
577 			break;
578 
579 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
580 			/*
581 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
582 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
583 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
584 			 */
585 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
586 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
587 				break;
588 			}
589 
590 			/*
591 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
592 			 */
593 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
594 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
595 				break;
596 			}
597 
598 			reset_bootfs = 1;
599 
600 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
601 
602 			if (!error) {
603 				objset_t *os;
604 				uint64_t propval;
605 
606 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
607 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
608 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
609 					break;
610 				}
611 
612 				error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
613 				if (error != 0)
614 					break;
615 
616 				/*
617 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
618 				 * must be supported.
619 				 */
620 
621 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
622 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
623 				} else if ((error =
624 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
625 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
626 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
627 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
628 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
629 				} else {
630 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
631 				}
632 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
633 			}
634 			break;
635 
636 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
637 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
638 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
639 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
640 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
641 
642 			/*
643 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
644 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
645 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
646 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
647 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
648 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
649 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
650 			 * error.
651 			 */
652 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
653 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
654 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
655 			}
656 			break;
657 
658 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
659 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
660 				break;
661 
662 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
663 				break;
664 
665 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
666 				break;
667 
668 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
669 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
670 				break;
671 			}
672 
673 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
674 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
675 
676 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
677 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
678 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
679 			break;
680 
681 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
682 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
683 				break;
684 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
685 				/*
686 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
687 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
688 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
689 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
690 				 */
691 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
692 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
693 					break;
694 				}
695 			}
696 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
697 				error = E2BIG;
698 			break;
699 
700 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
701 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
702 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
703 			else
704 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
705 			if (error == 0 &&
706 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
707 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
708 			break;
709 		}
710 
711 		if (error)
712 			break;
713 	}
714 
715 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
716 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
717 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
718 
719 		if (!error) {
720 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
721 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
722 		}
723 	}
724 
725 	return (error);
726 }
727 
728 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)729 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
730 {
731 	char *cachefile;
732 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
733 
734 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
735 	    &cachefile) != 0)
736 		return;
737 
738 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
739 	    KM_SLEEP);
740 
741 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
742 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
743 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
744 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
745 	else
746 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
747 
748 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
749 	if (need_sync)
750 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
751 }
752 
753 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)754 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
755 {
756 	int error;
757 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
758 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
759 
760 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
761 		return (error);
762 
763 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
764 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
765 
766 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
767 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
768 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
769 			continue;
770 
771 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
772 			uint64_t ver;
773 
774 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
775 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
776 			} else {
777 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
778 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
779 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
780 			}
781 
782 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
783 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
784 				continue;
785 
786 			/*
787 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
788 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
789 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
790 			 * feature descriptions object.
791 			 */
792 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
793 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
794 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
795 			if (error)
796 				return (error);
797 			continue;
798 		}
799 
800 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
801 		break;
802 	}
803 
804 	if (need_sync) {
805 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
806 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
807 	}
808 
809 	return (0);
810 }
811 
812 /*
813  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
814  */
815 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)816 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
817 {
818 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
819 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
820 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
821 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
822 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
823 	}
824 }
825 
826 /*ARGSUSED*/
827 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)828 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
829 {
830 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
831 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
832 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
833 	uint64_t vdev_state;
834 
835 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
836 		int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
837 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
838 		return (SET_ERROR(error));
839 	}
840 
841 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
842 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
843 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
844 
845 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
846 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
847 
848 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
849 
850 	return (0);
851 }
852 
853 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)854 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
855 {
856 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
857 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
858 	uint64_t oldguid;
859 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
860 
861 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
862 
863 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
864 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
865 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
866 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
867 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
868 
869 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
870 	    oldguid, *newguid);
871 }
872 
873 /*
874  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
875  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
876  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
877  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
878  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
879  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
880  * sysevent to update any watchers.
881  */
882 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)883 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
884 {
885 	int error;
886 	uint64_t guid;
887 
888 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
889 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
890 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
891 
892 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
893 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
894 
895 	if (error == 0) {
896 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
897 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
898 	}
899 
900 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
901 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
902 
903 	return (error);
904 }
905 
906 /*
907  * ==========================================================================
908  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
909  * ==========================================================================
910  */
911 
912 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)913 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
914 {
915 	const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
916 	const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
917 	int ret;
918 
919 	ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
920 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
921 
922 	return (TREE_ISIGN(ret));
923 }
924 
925 /*
926  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
927  * re-initializes them in the process.
928  */
929 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)930 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
931 {
932 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
933 
934 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
935 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
936 
937 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
938 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
939 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
940 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
941 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
942 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
943 }
944 
945 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)946 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
947 {
948 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
949 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
950 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
951 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
952 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
953 	char name[32];
954 	uint_t flags = 0;
955 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
956 
957 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
958 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
959 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
960 		return;
961 	}
962 
963 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
964 
965 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
966 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
967 
968 	switch (mode) {
969 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
970 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
971 		value = MAX(value, 1);
972 		break;
973 
974 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
975 		batch = B_TRUE;
976 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
977 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
978 		break;
979 
980 	default:
981 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
982 		    "spa_activate()",
983 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
984 		break;
985 	}
986 
987 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
988 		taskq_t *tq;
989 
990 		if (count > 1) {
991 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
992 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
993 		} else {
994 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
995 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
996 		}
997 
998 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
999 			if (batch)
1000 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
1001 
1002 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
1003 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
1004 		} else {
1005 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
1006 			/*
1007 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1008 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
1009 			 * than the other taskqs.
1010 			 */
1011 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
1012 				pri--;
1013 
1014 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
1015 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
1016 		}
1017 
1018 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
1019 	}
1020 }
1021 
1022 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)1023 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
1024 {
1025 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1026 
1027 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
1028 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
1029 		return;
1030 	}
1031 
1032 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
1033 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
1034 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
1035 	}
1036 
1037 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
1038 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1039 }
1040 
1041 /*
1042  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1043  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1044  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1045  * the low bits of gethrtime().
1046  */
1047 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)1048 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1049     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
1050 {
1051 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1052 	taskq_t *tq;
1053 
1054 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1055 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1056 
1057 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1058 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1059 	} else {
1060 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
1061 	}
1062 
1063 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
1064 }
1065 
1066 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)1067 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
1068 {
1069 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1070 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1071 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1072 		}
1073 	}
1074 }
1075 
1076 #ifdef _KERNEL
1077 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1078 spa_thread(void *arg)
1079 {
1080 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1081 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1082 	char spa_id_readable[CB_MAXNAME + 1];
1083 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1084 
1085 	(void) snprintf(spa_id_readable, sizeof (spa_id_readable), "SPA:0x%p",
1086 	    spa);
1087 
1088 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1089 	    spa_id_readable);
1090 
1091 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1092 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1093 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1094 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1095 
1096 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1097 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1098 		pool_lock();
1099 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1100 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1101 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1102 
1103 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1104 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1105 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1106 		} else {
1107 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1108 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1109 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1110 		}
1111 
1112 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1113 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1114 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1115 		pool_unlock();
1116 	}
1117 
1118 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1119 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1120 	}
1121 
1122 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1123 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1124 
1125 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1126 
1127 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1128 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1129 
1130 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1131 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1132 
1133 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1134 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1135 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1136 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1137 
1138 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1139 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1140 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1141 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1142 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1143 
1144 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1145 	lwp_exit();
1146 }
1147 #endif
1148 
1149 /*
1150  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1151  */
1152 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1153 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1154 {
1155 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1156 
1157 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1158 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1159 
1160 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1161 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1162 	spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1163 	spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1164 
1165 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1166 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1167 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1168 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1169 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1170 
1171 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1172 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1173 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1174 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1175 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1176 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1177 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1178 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1179 			}
1180 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1181 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1182 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1183 		} else {
1184 #ifdef _KERNEL
1185 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1186 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1187 			    spa->spa_name);
1188 #endif
1189 		}
1190 	}
1191 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1192 
1193 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1194 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1195 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1196 	}
1197 
1198 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1199 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
1200 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
1201 	}
1202 
1203 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1204 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1205 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1206 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1207 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1208 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1209 
1210 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
1211 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1212 
1213 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1214 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1215 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1216 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1217 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1218 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1219 
1220 	spa_keystore_init(&spa->spa_keystore);
1221 
1222 	/*
1223 	 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1224 	 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1225 	 */
1226 	spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus,
1227 	    minclsyspri, 1, INT_MAX, TASKQ_DYNAMIC);
1228 }
1229 
1230 /*
1231  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1232  */
1233 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1234 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1235 {
1236 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1237 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1238 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1239 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1240 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1241 
1242 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1243 
1244 	if (spa->spa_upgrade_taskq) {
1245 		taskq_destroy(spa->spa_upgrade_taskq);
1246 		spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = NULL;
1247 	}
1248 
1249 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1250 
1251 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1252 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1253 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1254 
1255 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1256 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1257 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1258 		}
1259 	}
1260 
1261 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1262 		ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
1263 		VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
1264 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
1265 	}
1266 
1267 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1268 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1269 
1270 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1271 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1272 
1273 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class);
1274 	spa->spa_special_class = NULL;
1275 
1276 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class);
1277 	spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL;
1278 
1279 	/*
1280 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1281 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1282 	 */
1283 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1284 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1285 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1286 
1287 	spa_keystore_fini(&spa->spa_keystore);
1288 
1289 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1290 
1291 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1292 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1293 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1294 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1295 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1296 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1297 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1298 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1299 		}
1300 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1301 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1302 	}
1303 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1304 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1305 
1306 	/*
1307 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1308 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1309 	 * it.
1310 	 */
1311 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1312 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1313 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1314 	}
1315 }
1316 
1317 /*
1318  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1319  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1320  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1321  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1322  */
1323 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1324 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1325     uint_t id, int atype)
1326 {
1327 	nvlist_t **child;
1328 	uint_t children;
1329 	int error;
1330 
1331 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1332 		return (error);
1333 
1334 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1335 		return (0);
1336 
1337 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1338 	    &child, &children);
1339 
1340 	if (error == ENOENT)
1341 		return (0);
1342 
1343 	if (error) {
1344 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1345 		*vdp = NULL;
1346 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1347 	}
1348 
1349 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1350 		vdev_t *vd;
1351 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1352 		    atype)) != 0) {
1353 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1354 			*vdp = NULL;
1355 			return (error);
1356 		}
1357 	}
1358 
1359 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1360 
1361 	return (0);
1362 }
1363 
1364 static boolean_t
spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t * spa)1365 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t *spa)
1366 {
1367 	if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP))
1368 		return (B_FALSE);
1369 
1370 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1371 		return (B_FALSE);
1372 
1373 	if (!spa->spa_sync_on)
1374 		return (B_FALSE);
1375 
1376 	if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED)
1377 		return (B_FALSE);
1378 
1379 	if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export)
1380 		return (B_FALSE);
1381 
1382 	return (B_TRUE);
1383 }
1384 
1385 /*
1386  * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1387  * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1388  */
1389 static void
spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t * spa)1390 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t *spa)
1391 {
1392 	dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
1393 
1394 	VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT));
1395 
1396 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_log_flushall_txg, ==, 0);
1397 	spa->spa_log_flushall_txg = dmu_tx_get_txg(tx);
1398 
1399 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
1400 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), spa->spa_log_flushall_txg);
1401 }
1402 
1403 static void
spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t * spa)1404 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t *spa)
1405 {
1406 	void *cookie = NULL;
1407 	spa_log_sm_t *sls;
1408 
1409 	while ((sls = avl_destroy_nodes(&spa->spa_sm_logs_by_txg,
1410 	    &cookie)) != NULL) {
1411 		VERIFY0(sls->sls_mscount);
1412 		kmem_free(sls, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t));
1413 	}
1414 
1415 	for (log_summary_entry_t *e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary);
1416 	    e != NULL; e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary)) {
1417 		VERIFY0(e->lse_mscount);
1418 		list_remove(&spa->spa_log_summary, e);
1419 		kmem_free(e, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t));
1420 	}
1421 
1422 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_nblocks = 0;
1423 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_memused = 0;
1424 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_blocklimit = 0;
1425 }
1426 
1427 /*
1428  * Opposite of spa_load().
1429  */
1430 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1431 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1432 {
1433 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1434 	ASSERT(spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1435 
1436 	spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
1437 	spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
1438 
1439 	spa_wake_waiters(spa);
1440 
1441 	/*
1442 	 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1443 	 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1444 	 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1445 	 * maps and save import time.
1446 	 */
1447 	if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa))
1448 		spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa);
1449 
1450 	/*
1451 	 * Stop async tasks.
1452 	 */
1453 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1454 
1455 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
1456 		vdev_t *root_vdev = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1457 		vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
1458 		vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
1459 		vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
1460 	}
1461 
1462 	/*
1463 	 * Stop syncing.
1464 	 */
1465 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1466 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1467 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1468 	}
1469 
1470 	/*
1471 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1472 	 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1473 	 */
1474 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1475 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++) {
1476 			vdev_t *vc = spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c];
1477 			if (vc->vdev_mg != NULL)
1478 				taskq_wait(vc->vdev_mg->mg_taskq);
1479 		}
1480 	}
1481 
1482 	if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread)
1483 		mmp_thread_stop(spa);
1484 
1485 	/*
1486 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1487 	 */
1488 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1489 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1490 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1491 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1492 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1493 	}
1494 
1495 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
1496 		spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
1497 		spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
1498 	}
1499 
1500 	if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1501 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
1502 		spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
1503 	}
1504 
1505 	if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
1506 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
1507 		spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
1508 	}
1509 
1510 	spa_condense_fini(spa);
1511 
1512 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1513 
1514 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1515 
1516 	/*
1517 	 * Close all vdevs.
1518 	 */
1519 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1520 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1521 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1522 
1523 	/*
1524 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1525 	 */
1526 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1527 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1528 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1529 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1530 	}
1531 
1532 	ddt_unload(spa);
1533 	spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa);
1534 
1535 	/*
1536 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1537 	 */
1538 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1539 
1540 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1541 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1542 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1543 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1544 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1545 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1546 	}
1547 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1548 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1549 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1550 	}
1551 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1552 
1553 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1554 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1555 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1556 	}
1557 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1558 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1559 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1560 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1561 	}
1562 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1563 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1564 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1565 	}
1566 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1567 
1568 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1569 
1570 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
1571 
1572 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1573 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1574 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1575 	}
1576 
1577 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1578 }
1579 
1580 /*
1581  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1582  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1583  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1584  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1585  */
1586 void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1587 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1588 {
1589 	nvlist_t **spares;
1590 	uint_t nspares;
1591 	int i;
1592 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1593 
1594 #ifndef _KERNEL
1595 	/*
1596 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1597 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1598 	 *
1599 	 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1600 	 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1601 	 */
1602 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1603 		return;
1604 #endif
1605 
1606 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1607 
1608 	/*
1609 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1610 	 */
1611 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1612 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1613 
1614 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1615 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1616 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1617 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1618 		vdev_close(vd);
1619 		vdev_free(vd);
1620 	}
1621 
1622 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1623 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1624 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1625 
1626 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1627 		nspares = 0;
1628 	else
1629 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1630 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1631 
1632 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1633 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1634 
1635 	if (nspares == 0)
1636 		return;
1637 
1638 	/*
1639 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1640 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1641 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1642 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1643 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1644 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1645 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1646 	 */
1647 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1648 	    KM_SLEEP);
1649 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1650 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1651 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1652 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1653 
1654 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1655 
1656 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1657 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1658 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1659 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1660 
1661 			/*
1662 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1663 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1664 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1665 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1666 			 * is actively in use.
1667 			 *
1668 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1669 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1670 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1671 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1672 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1673 			 */
1674 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1675 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1676 		}
1677 
1678 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1679 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1680 
1681 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1682 			continue;
1683 
1684 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1685 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1686 	}
1687 
1688 	/*
1689 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1690 	 * this time.
1691 	 */
1692 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1693 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1694 
1695 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1696 	    KM_SLEEP);
1697 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1698 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1699 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1700 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1701 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1702 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1703 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1704 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1705 }
1706 
1707 /*
1708  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1709  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1710  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1711  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1712  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1713  * not re-opened.
1714  */
1715 void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1716 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1717 {
1718 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1719 	uint_t nl2cache;
1720 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1721 	uint64_t guid;
1722 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1723 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1724 
1725 #ifndef _KERNEL
1726 	/*
1727 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1728 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1729 	 *
1730 	 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1731 	 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1732 	 * state of the pool.
1733 	 */
1734 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1735 		return;
1736 #endif
1737 
1738 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1739 
1740 	nl2cache = 0;
1741 	newvdevs = NULL;
1742 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1743 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1744 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1745 		if (nl2cache > 0) {
1746 			newvdevs = kmem_alloc(
1747 			    nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1748 		}
1749 	}
1750 
1751 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1752 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1753 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1754 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1755 
1756 	/*
1757 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1758 	 */
1759 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1760 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1761 		    &guid) == 0);
1762 
1763 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1764 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1765 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1766 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1767 				/*
1768 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1769 				 */
1770 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1771 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1772 				break;
1773 			}
1774 		}
1775 
1776 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1777 			/*
1778 			 * Create new vdev
1779 			 */
1780 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1781 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1782 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1783 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1784 
1785 			/*
1786 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1787 			 * even if it fails to open.
1788 			 */
1789 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1790 
1791 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1792 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1793 
1794 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1795 
1796 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1797 				continue;
1798 
1799 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1800 
1801 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1802 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1803 		}
1804 	}
1805 
1806 	/*
1807 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1808 	 */
1809 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1810 		uint64_t pool;
1811 
1812 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1813 		if (vd != NULL) {
1814 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1815 
1816 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1817 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1818 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1819 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1820 			vdev_free(vd);
1821 		}
1822 	}
1823 
1824 	if (oldvdevs)
1825 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1826 
1827 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1828 		goto out;
1829 
1830 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1831 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1832 
1833 	/*
1834 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1835 	 * information this time.
1836 	 */
1837 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1838 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1839 
1840 	l2cache = NULL;
1841 	if (sav->sav_count > 0) {
1842 		l2cache = kmem_alloc(
1843 		    sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1844 	}
1845 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1846 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1847 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1848 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1849 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1850 out:
1851 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1852 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1853 	if (sav->sav_count)
1854 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1855 }
1856 
1857 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1858 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1859 {
1860 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1861 	char *packed = NULL;
1862 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1863 	int error;
1864 	*value = NULL;
1865 
1866 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1867 	if (error != 0)
1868 		return (error);
1869 
1870 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1871 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1872 
1873 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1874 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1875 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1876 	if (error == 0)
1877 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1878 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1879 
1880 	return (error);
1881 }
1882 
1883 /*
1884  * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1885  * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1886  */
1887 static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t * spa)1888 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
1889 {
1890 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1891 	uint64_t tvds = 0;
1892 
1893 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
1894 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
1895 		if (vd->vdev_islog)
1896 			continue;
1897 		if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
1898 			tvds++;
1899 	}
1900 
1901 	return (tvds);
1902 }
1903 
1904 /*
1905  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1906  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1907  */
1908 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1909 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1910 {
1911 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1912 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1913 
1914 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1915 	    vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
1916 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1917 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1918 	}
1919 }
1920 
1921 static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t * spa)1922 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
1923 {
1924 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1925 
1926 	/*
1927 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1928 	 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
1929 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1930 	 */
1931 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1932 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1933 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1934 
1935 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1936 		    KM_SLEEP);
1937 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1938 
1939 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1940 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1941 
1942 			/*
1943 			 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
1944 			 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
1945 			 * as missing).
1946 			 */
1947 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1948 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1949 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
1950 				    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
1951 			}
1952 		}
1953 
1954 		if (idx > 0) {
1955 			fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1956 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
1957 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1958 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
1959 
1960 			for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1961 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1962 		}
1963 		nvlist_free(nv);
1964 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1965 
1966 		if (idx > 0) {
1967 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
1968 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1969 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
1970 		}
1971 	} else {
1972 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1973 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1974 
1975 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1976 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1977 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1978 				spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
1979 				    "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
1980 				vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1981 				break;
1982 			}
1983 		}
1984 	}
1985 
1986 	return (0);
1987 }
1988 
1989 /*
1990  * Check for missing log devices
1991  */
1992 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1993 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1994 {
1995 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1996 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1997 
1998 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1999 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
2000 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2001 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
2002 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2003 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
2004 		if (rv)
2005 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
2006 		break;
2007 	}
2008 	return (rv);
2009 }
2010 
2011 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)2012 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
2013 {
2014 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2015 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
2016 
2017 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2018 
2019 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
2020 		return (B_FALSE);
2021 
2022 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2023 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2024 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
2025 
2026 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
2027 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
2028 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
2029 		}
2030 	}
2031 
2032 	return (slog_found);
2033 }
2034 
2035 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)2036 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
2037 {
2038 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2039 
2040 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2041 
2042 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2043 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2044 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
2045 
2046 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
2047 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
2048 	}
2049 }
2050 
2051 int
spa_reset_logs(spa_t * spa)2052 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
2053 {
2054 	int error;
2055 
2056 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
2057 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2058 	if (error == 0) {
2059 		/*
2060 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2061 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2062 		 * by zil_sync().
2063 		 */
2064 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
2065 	}
2066 	return (error);
2067 }
2068 
2069 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)2070 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
2071 {
2072 	for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2073 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
2074 }
2075 
2076 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)2077 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
2078 {
2079 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2080 
2081 	if (zio->io_error)
2082 		return;
2083 
2084 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
2085 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
2086 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
2087 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2088 }
2089 
2090 typedef struct spa_load_error {
2091 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
2092 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
2093 } spa_load_error_t;
2094 
2095 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)2096 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
2097 {
2098 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2099 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
2100 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
2101 	int error = zio->io_error;
2102 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2103 
2104 	abd_free(zio->io_abd);
2105 	if (error) {
2106 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
2107 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
2108 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
2109 		else
2110 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2111 	}
2112 
2113 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2114 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios--;
2115 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
2116 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2117 }
2118 
2119 /*
2120  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
2121  * a pool while importing it.
2122  */
2123 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
2124 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
2125 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
2126 
2127 /*ARGSUSED*/
2128 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)2129 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
2130     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
2131 {
2132 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
2133 		return (0);
2134 	/*
2135 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2136 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
2137 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2138 	 */
2139 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
2140 		return (0);
2141 	if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data)
2142 		return (0);
2143 
2144 	zio_t *rio = arg;
2145 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2146 
2147 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2148 	while (spa->spa_load_verify_ios >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
2149 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2150 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios++;
2151 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2152 
2153 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
2154 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2155 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2156 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2157 	return (0);
2158 }
2159 
2160 /* ARGSUSED */
2161 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2162 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2163 {
2164 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2165 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2166 
2167 	return (0);
2168 }
2169 
2170 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2171 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2172 {
2173 	zio_t *rio;
2174 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2175 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2176 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2177 	int error = 0;
2178 
2179 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2180 
2181 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2182 		return (0);
2183 
2184 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2185 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2186 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2187 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2188 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2189 	if (error != 0)
2190 		return (error);
2191 
2192 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2193 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2194 
2195 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2196 		if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
2197 			spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
2198 			    "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2199 			    "a very long time.\n  (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2200 			    "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2201 			    spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
2202 		}
2203 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2204 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA |
2205 		    TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT, spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2206 	}
2207 
2208 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2209 
2210 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2211 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2212 
2213 	if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
2214 		spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2215 		    "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
2216 		    (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
2217 	}
2218 
2219 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
2220 	    (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
2221 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
2222 		int64_t loss = 0;
2223 
2224 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2225 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2226 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2227 
2228 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2229 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2230 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2231 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2232 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2233 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2234 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2235 	} else {
2236 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2237 	}
2238 
2239 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
2240 		return (0);
2241 
2242 	if (error) {
2243 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2244 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2245 		return (error);
2246 	}
2247 
2248 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2249 }
2250 
2251 /*
2252  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2253  */
2254 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2255 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2256 {
2257 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2258 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2259 }
2260 
2261 /*
2262  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2263  */
2264 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val,boolean_t log_enoent)2265 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
2266 {
2267 	int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2268 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2269 
2270 	if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
2271 		spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2272 		    "[error=%d]", name, error);
2273 	}
2274 
2275 	return (error);
2276 }
2277 
2278 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2279 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2280 {
2281 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2282 	return (SET_ERROR(err));
2283 }
2284 
2285 static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)2286 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
2287 {
2288 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2289 
2290 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2291 
2292 	spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
2293 
2294 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
2295 	spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
2296 	    zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
2297 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa);
2298 }
2299 
2300 /*
2301  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2302  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2303  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2304  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2305  *
2306  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2307  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2308  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2309  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2310  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2311  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2312  *
2313  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2314  * the original pool.
2315  */
2316 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2317 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2318 {
2319 	uint_t extracted;
2320 	uint64_t *glist;
2321 	uint_t i, gcount;
2322 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2323 	vdev_t **vd;
2324 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2325 
2326 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2327 		return;
2328 
2329 	/* check that the config is complete */
2330 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2331 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2332 		return;
2333 
2334 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2335 
2336 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2337 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2338 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2339 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2340 			continue;
2341 
2342 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2343 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2344 			/*
2345 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2346 			 * just do the split.
2347 			 */
2348 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2349 		} else {
2350 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2351 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2352 		}
2353 	}
2354 
2355 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2356 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2357 
2358 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2359 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2360 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2361 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2362 				break;
2363 			++extracted;
2364 		}
2365 	}
2366 
2367 	/*
2368 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2369 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2370 	 * good.
2371 	 */
2372 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2373 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2374 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2375 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2376 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2377 	}
2378 
2379 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2380 }
2381 
2382 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type)2383 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
2384 {
2385 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2386 	int error;
2387 
2388 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2389 	(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa, spa_load_state(spa));
2390 
2391 	gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2392 	error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
2393 
2394 	/*
2395 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2396 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2397 	 */
2398 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2399 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2400 	if (error) {
2401 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2402 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2403 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2404 		}
2405 		if (error != EBADF) {
2406 			(void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa,
2407 			    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2408 		}
2409 	}
2410 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2411 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2412 
2413 	(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa, spa_load_state(spa));
2414 
2415 	return (error);
2416 }
2417 
2418 /*
2419  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2420  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2421  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2422  */
2423 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)2424 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
2425 {
2426 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
2427 	uint64_t total = 0;
2428 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
2429 		total++;
2430 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2431 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
2432 	}
2433 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
2434 		total++;
2435 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2436 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
2437 	}
2438 
2439 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
2440 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
2441 	}
2442 
2443 	return (total);
2444 }
2445 
2446 /*
2447  * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2448  */
2449 static boolean_t
spa_activity_check_required(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * label,nvlist_t * config)2450 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label,
2451     nvlist_t *config)
2452 {
2453 	uint64_t state = 0;
2454 	uint64_t hostid = 0;
2455 	uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0;
2456 	uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0;
2457 	uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq = 0;
2458 	nvlist_t *nvinfo;
2459 
2460 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
2461 		nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
2462 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG,
2463 		    &tryconfig_txg);
2464 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
2465 		    &tryconfig_timestamp);
2466 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
2467 		    &tryconfig_mmp_seq);
2468 	}
2469 
2470 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state);
2471 
2472 	/*
2473 	 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2474 	 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2475 	 */
2476 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP)
2477 		return (B_FALSE);
2478 
2479 	/*
2480 	 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2481 	 */
2482 	if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0)
2483 		return (B_FALSE);
2484 
2485 	/*
2486 	 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2487 	 * earlier tryimport.  If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2488 	 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2489 	 * a second time.
2490 	 */
2491 	if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg &&
2492 	    tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp &&
2493 	    tryconfig_mmp_seq && tryconfig_mmp_seq ==
2494 	    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0))
2495 		return (B_FALSE);
2496 
2497 	/*
2498 	 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2499 	 * on the same host which last imported it.  Since the hostid from
2500 	 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2501 	 */
2502 	if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID))
2503 		hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
2504 
2505 	if (hostid == spa_get_hostid())
2506 		return (B_FALSE);
2507 
2508 	/*
2509 	 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2510 	 */
2511 	if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE)
2512 		return (B_FALSE);
2513 
2514 	return (B_TRUE);
2515 }
2516 
2517 /*
2518  * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
2519  */
2520 static uint64_t
spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub)2521 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2522 {
2523 	uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1);
2524 	uint64_t multihost_interval = MSEC2NSEC(
2525 	    MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval));
2526 	uint64_t import_delay = MAX(NANOSEC, import_intervals *
2527 	    multihost_interval);
2528 
2529 	/*
2530 	 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
2531 	 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
2532 	 * writes do not land.
2533 	 *
2534 	 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
2535 	 * these cases and times.
2536 	 */
2537 
2538 	ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR >= 100);
2539 
2540 	if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
2541 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) > 0) {
2542 
2543 		/* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
2544 		import_delay = MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) *
2545 		    MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR / 100;
2546 
2547 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
2548 		    "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
2549 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub),
2550 		    MMP_INTERVAL(ub), import_intervals);
2551 
2552 	} else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
2553 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) == 0) {
2554 
2555 		/* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
2556 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) +
2557 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
2558 
2559 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
2560 		    "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
2561 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_INTERVAL(ub),
2562 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals);
2563 
2564 	} else if (MMP_VALID(ub)) {
2565 		/*
2566 		 * zfs-0.7 compatability case
2567 		 */
2568 
2569 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (multihost_interval +
2570 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
2571 
2572 		zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
2573 		    "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay,
2574 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals,
2575 		    vdev_count_leaves(spa));
2576 	} else {
2577 		/* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
2578 		zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
2579 		    "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
2580 		    "import_intervals=%u", import_delay, multihost_interval,
2581 		    import_intervals);
2582 	}
2583 
2584 	return (import_delay);
2585 }
2586 
2587 /*
2588  * Perform the import activity check.  If the user canceled the import or
2589  * we detected activity then fail.
2590  */
2591 static int
spa_activity_check(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * config)2592 spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config)
2593 {
2594 	uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg;
2595 	uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp;
2596 	uint64_t mmp_config = ub->ub_mmp_config;
2597 	uint16_t mmp_seq = MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0;
2598 	uint64_t import_delay;
2599 	hrtime_t import_expire;
2600 	nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL;
2601 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2602 	kcondvar_t cv;
2603 	kmutex_t mtx;
2604 	int error = 0;
2605 
2606 	cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
2607 	mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
2608 	mutex_enter(&mtx);
2609 
2610 	/*
2611 	 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
2612 	 * during the earlier tryimport.  If the txg recorded there is 0 then
2613 	 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
2614 	 *
2615 	 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host.  Check for
2616 	 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
2617 	 */
2618 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
2619 		nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
2620 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
2621 
2622 		if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) &&
2623 		    fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) {
2624 			vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
2625 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
2626 			goto out;
2627 		}
2628 	}
2629 
2630 	import_delay = spa_activity_check_duration(spa, ub);
2631 
2632 	/* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
2633 	import_delay += import_delay * spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
2634 
2635 	import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay;
2636 
2637 	while (gethrtime() < import_expire) {
2638 		(void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa,
2639 		    NSEC2SEC(import_expire - gethrtime()));
2640 
2641 		vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
2642 
2643 		if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp ||
2644 		    mmp_seq != (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0)) {
2645 			zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
2646 			    "txg %llu ub_txg  %llu "
2647 			    "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp  %llu "
2648 			    "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
2649 			    txg, ub->ub_txg, timestamp, ub->ub_timestamp,
2650 			    mmp_config, ub->ub_mmp_config);
2651 
2652 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
2653 			break;
2654 		}
2655 
2656 		if (mmp_label) {
2657 			nvlist_free(mmp_label);
2658 			mmp_label = NULL;
2659 		}
2660 
2661 		error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz);
2662 		if (error != -1) {
2663 			error = SET_ERROR(EINTR);
2664 			break;
2665 		}
2666 		error = 0;
2667 	}
2668 
2669 out:
2670 	mutex_exit(&mtx);
2671 	mutex_destroy(&mtx);
2672 	cv_destroy(&cv);
2673 
2674 	/*
2675 	 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
2676 	 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist.  If the remote hostname or hostid are
2677 	 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
2678 	 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
2679 	 *
2680 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE    - observed pool status (mandatory)
2681 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
2682 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID   - hostid from the active pool
2683 	 */
2684 	if (error == EREMOTEIO) {
2685 		char *hostname = "<unknown>";
2686 		uint64_t hostid = 0;
2687 
2688 		if (mmp_label) {
2689 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) {
2690 				hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label,
2691 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2692 				fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info,
2693 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname);
2694 			}
2695 
2696 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) {
2697 				hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label,
2698 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
2699 				fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2700 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid);
2701 			}
2702 		}
2703 
2704 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2705 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE);
2706 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2707 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0);
2708 
2709 		error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO);
2710 	}
2711 
2712 	if (mmp_label)
2713 		nvlist_free(mmp_label);
2714 
2715 	return (error);
2716 }
2717 
2718 static int
spa_verify_host(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * mos_config)2719 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
2720 {
2721 	uint64_t hostid;
2722 	char *hostname;
2723 	uint64_t myhostid = 0;
2724 
2725 	if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2726 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2727 		hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
2728 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2729 
2730 		myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2731 
2732 		if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
2733 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2734 			    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2735 			    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
2736 			    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2737 			    spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2738 			spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
2739 			    "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
2740 			    hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2741 			return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2742 		}
2743 	}
2744 
2745 	return (0);
2746 }
2747 
2748 static int
spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t * spa,spa_import_type_t type)2749 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2750 {
2751 	int error = 0;
2752 	nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
2753 	int parse;
2754 	vdev_t *rvd;
2755 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2756 	char *comment;
2757 
2758 	/*
2759 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2760 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2761 	 */
2762 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2763 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2764 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2765 
2766 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
2767 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2768 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
2769 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2770 	}
2771 
2772 	/*
2773 	 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
2774 	 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
2775 	 * spa namespace.
2776 	 *
2777 	 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
2778 	 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
2779 	 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
2780 	 */
2781 #ifdef _KERNEL
2782 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2783 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2784 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2785 #else
2786 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2787 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2788 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
2789 	    !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2790 #endif
2791 		spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
2792 		    (u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
2793 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2794 	}
2795 
2796 	spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2797 
2798 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2799 	spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2800 
2801 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2802 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2803 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2804 
2805 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2806 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2807 
2808 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
2809 		spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
2810 
2811 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
2812 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2813 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2814 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2815 	}
2816 
2817 	/*
2818 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2819 	 */
2820 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2821 	    KM_SLEEP);
2822 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2823 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2824 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2825 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2826 	}
2827 
2828 	/*
2829 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2830 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2831 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2832 	 */
2833 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2834 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2835 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2836 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
2837 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2838 
2839 	if (error != 0) {
2840 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
2841 		    error);
2842 		return (error);
2843 	}
2844 
2845 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2846 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2847 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2848 
2849 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2850 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2851 	}
2852 
2853 	return (0);
2854 }
2855 
2856 /*
2857  * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
2858  * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
2859  */
2860 static int
2861 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2862 {
2863 	int error = 0;
2864 
2865 	/*
2866 	 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
2867 	 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
2868 	 */
2869 	if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
2870 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
2871 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
2872 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
2873 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
2874 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
2875 	} else {
2876 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
2877 	}
2878 
2879 	spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
2880 	    MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2881 
2882 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2883 	error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2884 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2885 
2886 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
2887 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
2888 		    "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
2889 		if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) {
2890 			/*
2891 			 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
2892 			 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
2893 			 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
2894 			 * for missing vdevs).
2895 			 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
2896 			 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
2897 			 * damaging it further.
2898 			 */
2899 			spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
2900 			    "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
2901 			error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
2902 		} else {
2903 			spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
2904 			    "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
2905 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2906 		}
2907 	}
2908 	if (error != 0) {
2909 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
2910 		    error);
2911 	}
2912 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
2913 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
2914 
2915 	return (error);
2916 }
2917 
2918 /*
2919  * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2920  * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
2921  * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
2922  * config is trusted.
2923  */
2924 static int
2925 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2926 {
2927 	int error = 0;
2928 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2929 
2930 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2931 	error = vdev_validate(rvd);
2932 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2933 
2934 	if (error != 0) {
2935 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
2936 		return (error);
2937 	}
2938 
2939 	if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2940 		spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
2941 		    "some vdevs");
2942 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2943 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2944 	}
2945 
2946 	return (0);
2947 }
2948 
2949 static void
2950 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2951 {
2952 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2953 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2954 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2955 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2956 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2957 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2958 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2959 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2960 }
2961 
2962 static int
2963 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2964 {
2965 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2966 	nvlist_t *label;
2967 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2968 	boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE;
2969 
2970 	/*
2971 	 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
2972 	 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
2973 	 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
2974 	 * the labels will find the right uberblock.  However, if
2975 	 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
2976 	 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
2977 	 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
2978 	 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
2979 	 *
2980 	 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
2981 	 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
2982 	 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
2983 	 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
2984 	 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
2985 	 * just in the edge case.
2986 	 */
2987 	if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
2988 	    spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2989 		spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
2990 		return (0);
2991 	}
2992 
2993 	/*
2994 	 * Find the best uberblock.
2995 	 */
2996 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2997 
2998 	/*
2999 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3000 	 */
3001 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
3002 		nvlist_free(label);
3003 		spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
3004 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
3005 	}
3006 
3007 	if (spa->spa_load_max_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
3008 		(void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa,
3009 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
3010 	}
3011 	spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3012 	    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
3013 
3014 	/*
3015 	 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3016 	 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported.  Prevent
3017 	 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3018 	 */
3019 	activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label,
3020 	    spa->spa_config);
3021 	if (activity_check) {
3022 		if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay &&
3023 		    spa_get_hostid() == 0) {
3024 			nvlist_free(label);
3025 			fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3026 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
3027 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
3028 		}
3029 
3030 		int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config);
3031 		if (error) {
3032 			nvlist_free(label);
3033 			return (error);
3034 		}
3035 
3036 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3037 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE);
3038 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3039 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg);
3040 		fnvlist_add_uint16(spa->spa_load_info,
3041 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
3042 		    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0));
3043 	}
3044 
3045 	/*
3046 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3047 	 */
3048 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
3049 		nvlist_free(label);
3050 		spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
3051 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
3052 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
3053 	}
3054 
3055 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3056 		nvlist_t *features;
3057 
3058 		/*
3059 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3060 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3061 		 */
3062 		if (label == NULL) {
3063 			spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
3064 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3065 			    ENXIO));
3066 		}
3067 
3068 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
3069 		    &features) != 0) {
3070 			nvlist_free(label);
3071 			spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3072 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
3073 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3074 			    ENXIO));
3075 		}
3076 
3077 		/*
3078 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3079 		 * from the label.
3080 		 */
3081 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
3082 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
3083 	}
3084 
3085 	nvlist_free(label);
3086 
3087 	/*
3088 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3089 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3090 	 * cannot open a pool.
3091 	 */
3092 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3093 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
3094 
3095 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
3096 		    0);
3097 
3098 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
3099 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
3100 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
3101 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
3102 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
3103 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
3104 			}
3105 		}
3106 
3107 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3108 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3109 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
3110 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3111 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
3112 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3113 			    ENOTSUP));
3114 		}
3115 
3116 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3117 	}
3118 
3119 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
3120 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3121 		spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
3122 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3123 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
3124 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
3125 	}
3126 
3127 	/*
3128 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3129 	 */
3130 	spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
3131 
3132 	return (0);
3133 }
3134 
3135 static int
3136 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
3137 {
3138 	int error = 0;
3139 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3140 
3141 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3142 	if (error != 0) {
3143 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3144 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3145 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3146 	}
3147 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
3148 
3149 	return (0);
3150 }
3151 
3152 static int
3153 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
3154     boolean_t reloading)
3155 {
3156 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3157 	nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
3158 	int error = 0, copy_error;
3159 	uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
3160 	uint64_t mos_config_txg;
3161 
3162 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
3163 	    != 0)
3164 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3165 
3166 	/*
3167 	 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3168 	 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3169 	 */
3170 	if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3171 		return (0);
3172 
3173 	healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
3174 
3175 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
3176 	    != 0) {
3177 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3178 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3179 	}
3180 
3181 	/*
3182 	 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3183 	 * the verification here.
3184 	 */
3185 	if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
3186 		error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
3187 		if (error != 0) {
3188 			nvlist_free(mos_config);
3189 			return (error);
3190 		}
3191 	}
3192 
3193 	nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
3194 
3195 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3196 
3197 	/*
3198 	 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3199 	 */
3200 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
3201 
3202 	/*
3203 	 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3204 	 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3205 	 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3206 	 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3207 	 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3208 	 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3209 	 * best effort policy.
3210 	 */
3211 	copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
3212 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
3213 		spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
3214 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3215 		spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
3216 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
3217 	}
3218 	if (copy_error != 0) {
3219 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3220 		    "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3221 		vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
3222 	}
3223 
3224 	vdev_close(rvd);
3225 	vdev_free(rvd);
3226 	spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
3227 	rvd = mrvd;
3228 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3229 
3230 	/*
3231 	 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3232 	 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3233 	 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3234 	 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3235 	 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3236 	 */
3237 	mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
3238 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
3239 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3240 	mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
3241 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
3242 	    &policy) == 0)
3243 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
3244 	spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
3245 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
3246 
3247 	/*
3248 	 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3249 	 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3250 	 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3251 	 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3252 	 */
3253 	spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
3254 
3255 	/*
3256 	 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3257 	 */
3258 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3259 	if (error != 0)
3260 		return (error);
3261 
3262 	error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3263 	if (error != 0)
3264 		return (error);
3265 
3266 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
3267 		spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
3268 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3269 	}
3270 
3271 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
3272 	    !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
3273 		/*
3274 		 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3275 		 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3276 		 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3277 		 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3278 		 * an extreme rewind.
3279 		 */
3280 		healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
3281 		if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
3282 		    SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
3283 			spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
3284 			    "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3285 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
3286 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
3287 			spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
3288 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3289 			if (reloading) {
3290 				spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
3291 				    "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3292 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3293 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3294 			}
3295 			spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3296 			    "config");
3297 			return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
3298 		}
3299 	}
3300 
3301 	error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
3302 	if (error != 0)
3303 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
3304 
3305 	if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
3306 		spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3307 		    "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3308 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
3309 		    (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
3310 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
3311 		    ENXIO));
3312 	}
3313 
3314 	return (0);
3315 }
3316 
3317 static int
3318 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3319 {
3320 	int error = 0;
3321 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3322 
3323 	/*
3324 	 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3325 	 * on concreted vdevs.  Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3326 	 */
3327 	error = spa_remove_init(spa);
3328 	if (error != 0) {
3329 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3330 		    error);
3331 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3332 	}
3333 
3334 	/*
3335 	 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3336 	 */
3337 	error = spa_condense_init(spa);
3338 	if (error != 0) {
3339 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3340 		    error);
3341 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3342 	}
3343 
3344 	return (0);
3345 }
3346 
3347 static int
3348 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
3349 {
3350 	int error = 0;
3351 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3352 
3353 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3354 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
3355 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
3356 
3357 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
3358 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3359 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3360 		}
3361 
3362 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
3363 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3364 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3365 		}
3366 
3367 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
3368 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3369 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3370 		}
3371 
3372 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3373 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3374 
3375 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
3376 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
3377 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
3378 
3379 		if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
3380 		    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3381 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
3382 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
3383 				*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
3384 			}
3385 		}
3386 
3387 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3388 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
3389 
3390 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3391 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3392 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
3393 		}
3394 
3395 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
3396 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3397 
3398 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
3399 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
3400 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
3401 		}
3402 
3403 		/*
3404 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3405 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3406 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3407 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3408 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3409 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3410 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3411 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3412 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3413 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3414 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
3415 		 *
3416 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3417 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3418 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3419 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3420 		 * abovementioned note.
3421 		 */
3422 		if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
3423 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
3424 			spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
3425 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3426 			    ENOTSUP));
3427 		}
3428 
3429 		/*
3430 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3431 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
3432 		 */
3433 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
3434 			uint64_t refcount;
3435 
3436 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
3437 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
3438 			if (error == 0) {
3439 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
3440 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
3441 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
3442 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
3443 			} else {
3444 				spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
3445 				    "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3446 				    spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
3447 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3448 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3449 			}
3450 		}
3451 	}
3452 
3453 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
3454 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
3455 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3456 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3457 	}
3458 
3459 	/*
3460 	 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
3461 	 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
3462 	 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
3463 	 */
3464 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION) &&
3465 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2)) {
3466 		spa->spa_errata = ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION;
3467 	}
3468 
3469 	return (0);
3470 }
3471 
3472 static int
3473 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
3474 {
3475 	int error = 0;
3476 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3477 
3478 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3479 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3480 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3481 	if (error != 0) {
3482 		spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
3483 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3484 	}
3485 
3486 	return (0);
3487 }
3488 
3489 static int
3490 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
3491 {
3492 	int error = 0;
3493 	uint64_t obj;
3494 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3495 
3496 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
3497 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3498 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
3499 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
3500 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
3501 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3502 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3503 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3504 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3505 	} else if (error != 0) {
3506 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3507 		    "MOS [error=%d]", error);
3508 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3509 	}
3510 
3511 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3512 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3513 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
3514 	if (error != 0) {
3515 		spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3516 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3517 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3518 	}
3519 
3520 	/*
3521 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3522 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
3523 	 * be present.
3524 	 */
3525 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
3526 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3527 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3528 
3529 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3530 	    &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
3531 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3532 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3533 
3534 	/*
3535 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
3536 	 * not be present.
3537 	 */
3538 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
3539 	    B_FALSE);
3540 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3541 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3542 
3543 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
3544 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
3545 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3546 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3547 
3548 	/*
3549 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
3550 	 * will not be present.
3551 	 */
3552 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
3553 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3554 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3555 
3556 	/*
3557 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
3558 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
3559 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
3560 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
3561 	 */
3562 
3563 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
3564 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
3565 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
3566 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3567 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3568 	}
3569 
3570 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
3571 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
3572 
3573 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3574 		VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
3575 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
3576 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
3577 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3578 	} else if (error != 0) {
3579 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3580 	} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
3581 		/*
3582 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
3583 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
3584 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
3585 		 */
3586 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
3587 		/*
3588 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
3589 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
3590 		 */
3591 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3592 	}
3593 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3594 
3595 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3596 
3597 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
3598 	    B_FALSE);
3599 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
3600 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3601 
3602 	if (error == 0) {
3603 		uint64_t autoreplace;
3604 
3605 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
3606 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
3607 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
3608 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
3609 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
3610 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTSIZE, &spa->spa_bootsize);
3611 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost);
3612 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
3613 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
3614 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM, &spa->spa_autotrim);
3615 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
3616 	}
3617 
3618 	/*
3619 	 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
3620 	 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
3621 	 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
3622 	 */
3623 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
3624 	    spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
3625 	    spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3626 		spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
3627 		    "as some top level vdevs are missing");
3628 		spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
3629 	}
3630 
3631 	return (0);
3632 }
3633 
3634 static int
3635 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3636 {
3637 	int error = 0;
3638 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3639 
3640 	/*
3641 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
3642 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
3643 	 * devices.
3644 	 */
3645 
3646 	/*
3647 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
3648 	 */
3649 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3650 	    B_FALSE);
3651 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3652 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3653 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3654 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
3655 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3656 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
3657 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
3658 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3659 		}
3660 
3661 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3662 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3663 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3664 	} else if (error == 0) {
3665 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3666 	}
3667 
3668 	/*
3669 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
3670 	 */
3671 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
3672 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
3673 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3674 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3675 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3676 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
3677 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
3678 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
3679 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
3680 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3681 		}
3682 
3683 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3684 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3685 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3686 	} else if (error == 0) {
3687 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3688 	}
3689 
3690 	return (0);
3691 }
3692 
3693 static int
3694 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3695 {
3696 	int error = 0;
3697 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3698 
3699 	/*
3700 	 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
3701 	 * be imported when the system hostid is zero.  The exception to
3702 	 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
3703 	 */
3704 	if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid() == 0 &&
3705 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) {
3706 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3707 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
3708 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
3709 	}
3710 
3711 	/*
3712 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
3713 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
3714 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
3715 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
3716 	 * over.
3717 	 */
3718 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3719 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3720 		/*
3721 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
3722 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
3723 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
3724 		 */
3725 		if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
3726 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
3727 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
3728 		}
3729 	}
3730 
3731 	/*
3732 	 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
3733 	 */
3734 	error = vdev_load(rvd);
3735 	if (error != 0) {
3736 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3737 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3738 	}
3739 
3740 	error = spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa);
3741 	if (error != 0) {
3742 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
3743 		    error);
3744 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3745 	}
3746 
3747 	/*
3748 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
3749 	 */
3750 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3751 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
3752 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3753 
3754 	return (0);
3755 }
3756 
3757 static int
3758 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
3759 {
3760 	int error = 0;
3761 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3762 
3763 	error = ddt_load(spa);
3764 	if (error != 0) {
3765 		spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3766 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3767 	}
3768 
3769 	return (0);
3770 }
3771 
3772 static int
3773 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3774 {
3775 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3776 
3777 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
3778 		boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
3779 		if (missing) {
3780 			if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
3781 				spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
3782 				    "so dropping the logs");
3783 			} else {
3784 				*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
3785 				spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
3786 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
3787 				    ENXIO));
3788 			}
3789 		}
3790 	}
3791 
3792 	return (0);
3793 }
3794 
3795 static int
3796 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
3797 {
3798 	int error = 0;
3799 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3800 
3801 	/*
3802 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
3803 	 * to start pushing transactions.
3804 	 */
3805 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3806 		error = spa_load_verify(spa);
3807 		if (error != 0) {
3808 			spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
3809 			    "[error=%d]", error);
3810 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3811 			    error));
3812 		}
3813 	}
3814 
3815 	return (0);
3816 }
3817 
3818 static void
3819 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
3820 {
3821 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3822 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
3823 
3824 	/*
3825 	 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
3826 	 * This must all happen in a single txg.
3827 	 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
3828 	 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
3829 	 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
3830 	 */
3831 	spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
3832 
3833 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
3834 	(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
3835 	    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3836 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3837 
3838 	spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
3839 
3840 	spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
3841 }
3842 
3843 static void
3844 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
3845     boolean_t update_config_cache)
3846 {
3847 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3848 	int need_update = B_FALSE;
3849 
3850 	/*
3851 	 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
3852 	 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
3853 	 *
3854 	 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
3855 	 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
3856 	 */
3857 	if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
3858 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3859 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3860 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
3861 		need_update = B_TRUE;
3862 
3863 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
3864 		if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
3865 			need_update = B_TRUE;
3866 
3867 	/*
3868 	 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
3869 	 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
3870 	 */
3871 	if (need_update)
3872 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
3873 }
3874 
3875 static void
3876 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
3877 {
3878 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3879 	int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
3880 
3881 	spa_unload(spa);
3882 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3883 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3884 
3885 	/*
3886 	 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
3887 	 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
3888 	 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
3889 	 */
3890 	spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
3891 }
3892 
3893 static int
3894 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
3895 {
3896 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3897 	int error = 0;
3898 
3899 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
3900 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3901 
3902 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3903 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3904 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3905 
3906 	if (error == ENOENT)
3907 		return (0);
3908 
3909 	if (error != 0)
3910 		return (error);
3911 
3912 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
3913 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
3914 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
3915 	spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
3916 	spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
3917 
3918 	return (0);
3919 }
3920 
3921 static int
3922 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3923 {
3924 	int error = 0;
3925 
3926 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3927 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3928 
3929 	/*
3930 	 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
3931 	 * a pool following a split.
3932 	 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
3933 	 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
3934 	 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
3935 	 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
3936 	 */
3937 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3938 		spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
3939 
3940 	/*
3941 	 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
3942 	 */
3943 	error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
3944 	if (error != 0)
3945 		return (error);
3946 
3947 	spa_import_progress_add(spa);
3948 
3949 	/*
3950 	 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
3951 	 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
3952 	 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
3953 	 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
3954 	 * to read from the vdevs.
3955 	 */
3956 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3957 	if (error != 0)
3958 		return (error);
3959 
3960 	/*
3961 	 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
3962 	 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
3963 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
3964 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
3965 	 * validation for now.
3966 	 */
3967 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3968 		error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3969 		if (error != 0)
3970 			return (error);
3971 	}
3972 
3973 	/*
3974 	 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
3975 	 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
3976 	 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
3977 	 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
3978 	 * of zfs supports them all.
3979 	 */
3980 	error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
3981 	if (error != 0)
3982 		return (error);
3983 
3984 	/*
3985 	 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
3986 	 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
3987 	 * allow us to read its contents.
3988 	 */
3989 	error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
3990 	if (error != 0)
3991 		return (error);
3992 
3993 	return (0);
3994 }
3995 
3996 static int
3997 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
3998 {
3999 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
4000 	int error = 0;
4001 
4002 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4003 	ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4004 
4005 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
4006 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
4007 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
4008 
4009 	if (error != 0) {
4010 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4011 		    "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
4012 
4013 		if (error == ENOENT)
4014 			error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
4015 
4016 		return (error);
4017 	}
4018 
4019 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
4020 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
4021 
4022 	/*
4023 	 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4024 	 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4025 	 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4026 	 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4027 	 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4028 	 */
4029 	checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
4030 	checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
4031 
4032 	/*
4033 	 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4034 	 */
4035 	spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
4036 
4037 	/*
4038 	 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4039 	 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4040 	 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4041 	 * pool and there is no way back.
4042 	 *
4043 	 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4044 	 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4045 	 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4046 	 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4047 	 * a "preview" of its content.
4048 	 */
4049 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4050 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4051 
4052 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4053 		vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
4054 		int svdcount = 0;
4055 		int children = rvd->vdev_children;
4056 		int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
4057 
4058 		for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4059 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
4060 
4061 			/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4062 			if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
4063 				break;
4064 
4065 			if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
4066 			    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
4067 				continue;
4068 
4069 			svd[svdcount++] = vd;
4070 			if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
4071 				break;
4072 		}
4073 		error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
4074 		if (error == 0)
4075 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
4076 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4077 
4078 		if (error != 0) {
4079 			spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
4080 			    "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
4081 			return (error);
4082 		}
4083 	}
4084 
4085 	return (0);
4086 }
4087 
4088 static int
4089 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
4090     boolean_t *update_config_cache)
4091 {
4092 	int error;
4093 
4094 	/*
4095 	 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4096 	 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4097 	 * the MOS.
4098 	 */
4099 	error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
4100 	if (error != 0)
4101 		return (error);
4102 
4103 	/*
4104 	 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4105 	 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4106 	 */
4107 	error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
4108 	if (error == EAGAIN) {
4109 		if (update_config_cache != NULL)
4110 			*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
4111 
4112 		/*
4113 		 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4114 		 * too different from the untrusted config.
4115 		 */
4116 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
4117 		spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
4118 		error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
4119 		if (error != 0)
4120 			return (error);
4121 
4122 		error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
4123 		if (error != 0)
4124 			return (error);
4125 
4126 	} else if (error != 0) {
4127 		return (error);
4128 	}
4129 
4130 	return (0);
4131 }
4132 
4133 /*
4134  * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4135  * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4136  * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4137  * config stored in the MOS.
4138  */
4139 static int
4140 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
4141 {
4142 	int error = 0;
4143 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
4144 	boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
4145 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4146 	boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
4147 
4148 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4149 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
4150 
4151 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
4152 
4153 	error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
4154 	if (error != 0)
4155 		return (error);
4156 
4157 	/*
4158 	 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4159 	 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4160 	 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4161 	 * the MOS.
4162 	 */
4163 	if (checkpoint_rewind) {
4164 		/*
4165 		 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4166 		 * anyway.
4167 		 */
4168 		update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
4169 
4170 		/*
4171 		 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4172 		 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4173 		 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4174 		 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4175 		 */
4176 		error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
4177 		if (error != 0)
4178 			return (error);
4179 
4180 		/*
4181 		 * Redo the loading process process again with the
4182 		 * checkpointed uberblock.
4183 		 */
4184 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
4185 		spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4186 		error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
4187 		if (error != 0)
4188 			return (error);
4189 	}
4190 
4191 	/*
4192 	 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4193 	 */
4194 	error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
4195 	if (error != 0)
4196 		return (error);
4197 
4198 	/*
4199 	 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4200 	 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4201 	 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4202 	 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4203 	 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4204 	 * we have loaded their mappings.
4205 	 */
4206 	error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
4207 	if (error != 0)
4208 		return (error);
4209 
4210 	/*
4211 	 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4212 	 * they are all supported.
4213 	 */
4214 	error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
4215 	if (error != 0)
4216 		return (error);
4217 
4218 	/*
4219 	 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4220 	 * layer.
4221 	 */
4222 	error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
4223 	if (error != 0)
4224 		return (error);
4225 
4226 	/*
4227 	 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4228 	 */
4229 	error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
4230 	if (error != 0)
4231 		return (error);
4232 
4233 	/*
4234 	 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4235 	 * and open them.
4236 	 */
4237 	error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
4238 	if (error != 0)
4239 		return (error);
4240 
4241 	/*
4242 	 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4243 	 * should be autoreplaced.
4244 	 */
4245 	error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
4246 	if (error != 0)
4247 		return (error);
4248 
4249 	error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
4250 	if (error != 0)
4251 		return (error);
4252 
4253 	/*
4254 	 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4255 	 * when we claim log blocks later.
4256 	 */
4257 	error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
4258 	if (error != 0)
4259 		return (error);
4260 
4261 	if (missing_feat_write) {
4262 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
4263 
4264 		/*
4265 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4266 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4267 		 * information and can return to userland.
4268 		 */
4269 		return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
4270 		    ENOTSUP));
4271 	}
4272 
4273 	/*
4274 	 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4275 	 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4276 	 * which can take a very long time.
4277 	 */
4278 	error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
4279 	if (error != 0)
4280 		return (error);
4281 
4282 	/*
4283 	 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4284 	 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4285 	 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4286 	 */
4287 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
4288 
4289 	/*
4290 	 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4291 	 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4292 	 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4293 	 */
4294 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
4295 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
4296 		uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
4297 
4298 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
4299 
4300 		/*
4301 		 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4302 		 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4303 		 */
4304 		if (checkpoint_rewind) {
4305 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
4306 			    NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4307 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
4308 		}
4309 
4310 		/*
4311 		 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4312 		 */
4313 		spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
4314 
4315 		/*
4316 		 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4317 		 */
4318 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
4319 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4320 		mmp_thread_start(spa);
4321 
4322 		/*
4323 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
4324 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4325 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
4326 		 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4327 		 * performed above.
4328 		 */
4329 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
4330 
4331 		/*
4332 		 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4333 		 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4334 		 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4335 		 */
4336 		spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
4337 		    update_config_cache);
4338 
4339 		/*
4340 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4341 		 */
4342 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
4343 		    vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL))
4344 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
4345 
4346 		/*
4347 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4348 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4349 		 */
4350 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
4351 
4352 		spa_restart_removal(spa);
4353 		spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
4354 
4355 		/*
4356 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4357 		 *
4358 		 * Note:
4359 		 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4360 		 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4361 		 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4362 		 * deletion zthr is part of).
4363 		 */
4364 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
4365 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
4366 
4367 		/*
4368 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4369 		 */
4370 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4371 
4372 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4373 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4374 		vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4375 		vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
4376 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4377 	}
4378 
4379 	spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
4380 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD);
4381 
4382 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
4383 
4384 	return (0);
4385 }
4386 
4387 static int
4388 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
4389 {
4390 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
4391 
4392 	spa_unload(spa);
4393 	spa_deactivate(spa);
4394 
4395 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
4396 
4397 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
4398 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4399 
4400 	spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4401 	    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
4402 
4403 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
4404 }
4405 
4406 /*
4407  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4408  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4409  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4410  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4411  * spa_load().
4412  */
4413 static int
4414 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
4415     int rewind_flags)
4416 {
4417 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
4418 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4419 	int load_error, rewind_error;
4420 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
4421 	uint64_t min_txg;
4422 
4423 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4424 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
4425 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4426 	} else {
4427 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
4428 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
4429 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4430 	}
4431 
4432 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
4433 	if (load_error == 0)
4434 		return (0);
4435 	if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
4436 		/*
4437 		 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4438 		 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4439 		 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4440 		 */
4441 		ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4442 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
4443 		return (load_error);
4444 	}
4445 
4446 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
4447 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4448 
4449 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
4450 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
4451 
4452 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
4453 		nvlist_free(config);
4454 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
4455 		return (load_error);
4456 	}
4457 
4458 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4459 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4460 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4461 	} else {
4462 		/*
4463 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4464 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4465 		 * to rewind.
4466 		 */
4467 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
4468 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
4469 	}
4470 
4471 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
4472 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
4473 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
4474 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
4475 
4476 	/*
4477 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4478 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4479 	 */
4480 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
4481 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
4482 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
4483 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4484 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
4485 	}
4486 
4487 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
4488 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
4489 
4490 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
4491 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
4492 	else
4493 		nvlist_free(config);
4494 
4495 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4496 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
4497 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
4498 		return (rewind_error);
4499 	} else {
4500 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4501 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
4502 		    spa->spa_load_info);
4503 
4504 		/* Restore the initial load info */
4505 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
4506 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
4507 
4508 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa);
4509 		return (load_error);
4510 	}
4511 }
4512 
4513 /*
4514  * Pool Open/Import
4515  *
4516  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4517  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
4518  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
4519  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
4520  *
4521  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
4522  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
4523  * ambiguous state.
4524  */
4525 static int
4526 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
4527     nvlist_t **config)
4528 {
4529 	spa_t *spa;
4530 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
4531 	int error;
4532 	int locked = B_FALSE;
4533 
4534 	*spapp = NULL;
4535 
4536 	/*
4537 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
4538 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
4539 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
4540 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
4541 	 */
4542 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
4543 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4544 		locked = B_TRUE;
4545 	}
4546 
4547 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4548 		if (locked)
4549 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4550 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4551 	}
4552 
4553 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4554 		zpool_load_policy_t policy;
4555 
4556 		zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
4557 		    &policy);
4558 		if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4559 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4560 
4561 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4562 
4563 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4564 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4565 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
4566 
4567 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
4568 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
4569 		    policy.zlp_rewind);
4570 
4571 		if (error == EBADF) {
4572 			/*
4573 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
4574 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
4575 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
4576 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
4577 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
4578 			 */
4579 			spa_unload(spa);
4580 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4581 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4582 			spa_remove(spa);
4583 			if (locked)
4584 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4585 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4586 		}
4587 
4588 		if (error) {
4589 			/*
4590 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
4591 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
4592 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
4593 			 */
4594 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
4595 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
4596 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4597 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
4598 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4599 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4600 			}
4601 			spa_unload(spa);
4602 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4603 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
4604 			if (locked)
4605 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4606 			*spapp = NULL;
4607 			return (error);
4608 		}
4609 	}
4610 
4611 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
4612 
4613 	if (config != NULL)
4614 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4615 
4616 	/*
4617 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
4618 	 * gathered while doing the load.
4619 	 */
4620 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4621 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4622 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4623 	}
4624 
4625 	if (locked) {
4626 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
4627 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
4628 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4629 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4630 	}
4631 
4632 	*spapp = spa;
4633 
4634 	return (0);
4635 }
4636 
4637 int
4638 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
4639     nvlist_t **config)
4640 {
4641 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
4642 }
4643 
4644 int
4645 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
4646 {
4647 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
4648 }
4649 
4650 /*
4651  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
4652  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
4653  */
4654 spa_t *
4655 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
4656 {
4657 	spa_t *spa;
4658 
4659 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4660 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4661 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4662 		return (NULL);
4663 	}
4664 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
4665 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4666 
4667 	return (spa);
4668 }
4669 
4670 void
4671 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
4672 {
4673 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4674 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
4675 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4676 }
4677 
4678 /*
4679  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
4680  */
4681 static void
4682 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4683 {
4684 	nvlist_t **spares;
4685 	uint_t i, nspares;
4686 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4687 	uint64_t guid;
4688 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4689 	uint_t vsc;
4690 	uint64_t pool;
4691 
4692 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4693 
4694 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
4695 		return;
4696 
4697 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4698 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4699 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4700 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4701 	if (nspares != 0) {
4702 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4703 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4704 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4705 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4706 
4707 		/*
4708 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
4709 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
4710 		 * their status appropriately.
4711 		 */
4712 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
4713 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
4714 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4715 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
4716 			    pool != 0ULL) {
4717 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
4718 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
4719 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
4720 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
4721 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
4722 			}
4723 		}
4724 	}
4725 }
4726 
4727 /*
4728  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
4729  */
4730 static void
4731 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4732 {
4733 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
4734 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
4735 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4736 	uint64_t guid;
4737 	vdev_t *vd;
4738 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4739 	uint_t vsc;
4740 
4741 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4742 
4743 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
4744 		return;
4745 
4746 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4747 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4748 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4749 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4750 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4751 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4752 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4753 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4754 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4755 
4756 		/*
4757 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
4758 		 */
4759 
4760 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
4761 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
4762 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4763 
4764 			vd = NULL;
4765 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
4766 				if (guid ==
4767 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
4768 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
4769 					break;
4770 				}
4771 			}
4772 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4773 
4774 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
4775 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
4776 			    == 0);
4777 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
4778 			vdev_config_generate_stats(vd, l2cache[i]);
4779 
4780 		}
4781 	}
4782 }
4783 
4784 static void
4785 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4786 {
4787 	nvlist_t *features;
4788 	zap_cursor_t zc;
4789 	zap_attribute_t za;
4790 
4791 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4792 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4793 
4794 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
4795 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4796 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
4797 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4798 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4799 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4800 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4801 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4802 			    za.za_first_integer));
4803 		}
4804 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4805 	}
4806 
4807 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
4808 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4809 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
4810 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4811 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4812 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4813 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4814 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4815 			    za.za_first_integer));
4816 		}
4817 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4818 	}
4819 
4820 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
4821 	    features) == 0);
4822 	nvlist_free(features);
4823 }
4824 
4825 int
4826 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
4827     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
4828 {
4829 	int error;
4830 	spa_t *spa;
4831 
4832 	*config = NULL;
4833 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
4834 
4835 	if (spa != NULL) {
4836 		/*
4837 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
4838 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
4839 		 * self-inconsistent.
4840 		 */
4841 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4842 
4843 		if (*config != NULL) {
4844 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
4845 
4846 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
4847 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
4848 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
4849 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
4850 
4851 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4852 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
4853 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
4854 
4855 			if (spa_suspended(spa)) {
4856 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4857 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
4858 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
4859 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4860 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON,
4861 				    spa->spa_suspended) == 0);
4862 			}
4863 
4864 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
4865 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
4866 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
4867 		}
4868 	}
4869 
4870 	/*
4871 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
4872 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
4873 	 */
4874 	if (altroot) {
4875 		if (spa == NULL) {
4876 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4877 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
4878 			if (spa)
4879 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4880 			else
4881 				altroot[0] = '\0';
4882 			spa = NULL;
4883 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4884 		} else {
4885 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4886 		}
4887 	}
4888 
4889 	if (spa != NULL) {
4890 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4891 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4892 	}
4893 
4894 	return (error);
4895 }
4896 
4897 /*
4898  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
4899  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
4900  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
4901  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
4902  */
4903 static int
4904 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
4905     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
4906     vdev_labeltype_t label)
4907 {
4908 	nvlist_t **dev;
4909 	uint_t i, ndev;
4910 	vdev_t *vd;
4911 	int error;
4912 
4913 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4914 
4915 	/*
4916 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
4917 	 */
4918 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
4919 		return (0);
4920 
4921 	if (ndev == 0)
4922 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
4923 
4924 	/*
4925 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
4926 	 * device type.
4927 	 */
4928 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
4929 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
4930 
4931 	/*
4932 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
4933 	 * checking.
4934 	 */
4935 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
4936 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
4937 
4938 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
4939 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
4940 		    mode)) != 0)
4941 			goto out;
4942 
4943 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
4944 			vdev_free(vd);
4945 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4946 			goto out;
4947 		}
4948 
4949 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
4950 
4951 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
4952 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
4953 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4954 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
4955 		}
4956 
4957 		vdev_free(vd);
4958 
4959 		if (error &&
4960 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
4961 			goto out;
4962 		else
4963 			error = 0;
4964 	}
4965 
4966 out:
4967 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
4968 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
4969 	return (error);
4970 }
4971 
4972 static int
4973 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
4974 {
4975 	int error;
4976 
4977 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4978 
4979 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4980 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
4981 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
4982 		return (error);
4983 	}
4984 
4985 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4986 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
4987 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
4988 }
4989 
4990 static void
4991 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
4992     const char *config)
4993 {
4994 	int i;
4995 
4996 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
4997 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
4998 		uint_t oldndevs;
4999 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
5000 
5001 		/*
5002 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
5003 		 * current dev list.
5004 		 */
5005 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
5006 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
5007 
5008 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5009 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
5010 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
5011 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
5012 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5013 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
5014 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
5015 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5016 
5017 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
5018 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5019 
5020 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
5021 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
5022 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
5023 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
5024 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
5025 	} else {
5026 		/*
5027 		 * Generate a new dev list.
5028 		 */
5029 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
5030 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5031 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
5032 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
5033 	}
5034 }
5035 
5036 /*
5037  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5038  */
5039 void
5040 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
5041 {
5042 	vdev_t *vd;
5043 	int i;
5044 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
5045 
5046 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
5047 		uint64_t pool;
5048 
5049 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
5050 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
5051 
5052 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
5053 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
5054 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
5055 	}
5056 }
5057 
5058 /*
5059  * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5060  * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5061  */
5062 static int
5063 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp,
5064     boolean_t has_encryption)
5065 {
5066 	if (dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_OFF &&
5067 	    dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT &&
5068 	    !has_encryption)
5069 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5070 
5071 	return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL, dcp, NULL));
5072 }
5073 
5074 /*
5075  * Pool Creation
5076  */
5077 int
5078 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
5079     nvlist_t *zplprops, dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp)
5080 {
5081 	spa_t *spa;
5082 	char *altroot = NULL;
5083 	vdev_t *rvd;
5084 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
5085 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
5086 	int error = 0;
5087 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
5088 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5089 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5090 	uint64_t version, obj;
5091 	boolean_t has_features;
5092 	char *poolname;
5093 	nvlist_t *nvl;
5094 	boolean_t has_encryption;
5095 	spa_feature_t feat;
5096 	char *feat_name;
5097 
5098 	if (props == NULL ||
5099 	    nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5100 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0)
5101 		poolname = (char *)pool;
5102 
5103 	/*
5104 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5105 	 */
5106 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5107 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
5108 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5109 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5110 	}
5111 
5112 	/*
5113 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5114 	 */
5115 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
5116 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
5117 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5118 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5119 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
5120 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
5121 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
5122 
5123 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
5124 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5125 		spa_remove(spa);
5126 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5127 		return (error);
5128 	}
5129 
5130 	/*
5131 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5132 	 */
5133 	if (poolname != pool)
5134 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
5135 
5136 	has_features = B_FALSE;
5137 	has_encryption = B_FALSE;
5138 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
5139 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
5140 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))) {
5141 			has_features = B_TRUE;
5142 			feat_name = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
5143 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name, &feat));
5144 			if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION)
5145 				has_encryption = B_TRUE;
5146 		}
5147 	}
5148 
5149 	/* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5150 	if (dcp != NULL) {
5151 		error = spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp, has_encryption);
5152 		if (error != 0) {
5153 			spa_deactivate(spa);
5154 			spa_remove(spa);
5155 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5156 			return (error);
5157 		}
5158 	}
5159 
5160 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5161 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
5162 		version = SPA_VERSION;
5163 	}
5164 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
5165 
5166 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
5167 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
5168 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
5169 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
5170 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
5171 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
5172 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
5173 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
5174 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
5175 
5176 	/*
5177 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5178 	 */
5179 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
5180 	    KM_SLEEP);
5181 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
5182 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
5183 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
5184 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
5185 	}
5186 
5187 	/*
5188 	 * Create the root vdev.
5189 	 */
5190 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5191 
5192 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
5193 
5194 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
5195 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
5196 
5197 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
5198 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5199 
5200 	if (error == 0 &&
5201 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
5202 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
5203 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
5204 		/*
5205 		 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5206 		 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5207 		 */
5208 		for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5209 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
5210 
5211 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd);
5212 			vdev_expand(vd, txg);
5213 		}
5214 	}
5215 
5216 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5217 
5218 	if (error != 0) {
5219 		spa_unload(spa);
5220 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5221 		spa_remove(spa);
5222 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5223 		return (error);
5224 	}
5225 
5226 	/*
5227 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5228 	 */
5229 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5230 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5231 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
5232 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5233 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5234 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5235 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5236 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5237 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5238 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5239 	}
5240 
5241 	/*
5242 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5243 	 */
5244 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5245 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5246 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5247 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5248 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5249 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5250 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5251 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5252 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5253 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5254 	}
5255 
5256 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
5257 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, dcp, txg);
5258 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
5259 
5260 	/*
5261 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5262 	 */
5263 	ddt_create(spa);
5264 
5265 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
5266 
5267 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
5268 
5269 	/*
5270 	 * Create the pool config object.
5271 	 */
5272 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5273 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
5274 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
5275 
5276 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5277 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
5278 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
5279 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
5280 	}
5281 
5282 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5283 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
5284 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
5285 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
5286 	}
5287 
5288 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5289 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
5290 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
5291 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5292 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
5293 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
5294 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
5295 		}
5296 	}
5297 
5298 	/*
5299 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
5300 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5301 	 * keeps changing.
5302 	 */
5303 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
5304 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
5305 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
5306 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
5307 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
5308 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
5309 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
5310 	}
5311 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
5312 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
5313 
5314 	/*
5315 	 * Create the pool's history object.
5316 	 */
5317 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
5318 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
5319 
5320 	/*
5321 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5322 	 */
5323 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
5324 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
5325 
5326 	/*
5327 	 * Set pool properties.
5328 	 */
5329 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
5330 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
5331 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
5332 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
5333 	spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST);
5334 	spa->spa_autotrim = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM);
5335 
5336 	if (props != NULL) {
5337 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5338 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
5339 	}
5340 
5341 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5342 
5343 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
5344 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
5345 	mmp_thread_start(spa);
5346 
5347 	/*
5348 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
5349 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
5350 	 */
5351 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
5352 
5353 	spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
5354 
5355 	spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5356 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
5357 
5358 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
5359 
5360 	/*
5361 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5362 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5363 	 */
5364 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
5365 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
5366 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
5367 
5368 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5369 
5370 	return (0);
5371 }
5372 
5373 #ifdef _KERNEL
5374 /*
5375  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
5376  * during the system boot up time.
5377  */
5378 static nvlist_t *
5379 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *devpath, const char *devid, uint64_t *guid,
5380     uint64_t pool_guid)
5381 {
5382 	nvlist_t *config;
5383 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
5384 	uint64_t pgid;
5385 
5386 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
5387 		return (NULL);
5388 
5389 	/*
5390 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
5391 	 */
5392 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5393 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5394 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5395 	    &pgid) == 0);
5396 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
5397 
5398 	if (pool_guid != 0 && pool_guid != pgid) {
5399 		/*
5400 		 * The boot loader provided a pool GUID, but it does not match
5401 		 * the one we found in the label.  Return failure so that we
5402 		 * can fall back to the full device scan.
5403 		 */
5404 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_generate_rootconf: loader pool guid %llu != "
5405 		    "label pool guid %llu", (u_longlong_t)pool_guid,
5406 		    (u_longlong_t)pgid);
5407 		nvlist_free(config);
5408 		return (NULL);
5409 	}
5410 
5411 	/*
5412 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5413 	 */
5414 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5415 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5416 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5417 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5418 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5419 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5420 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
5421 
5422 	/*
5423 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5424 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5425 	 */
5426 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5427 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5428 	return (config);
5429 }
5430 
5431 /*
5432  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
5433  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
5434  * device has a more recent txg.
5435  */
5436 static void
5437 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
5438 {
5439 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5440 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
5441 
5442 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5443 		nvlist_t *label;
5444 		uint64_t label_txg;
5445 
5446 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
5447 		    &label) != 0)
5448 			return;
5449 
5450 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5451 		    &label_txg) == 0);
5452 
5453 		/*
5454 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
5455 		 */
5456 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
5457 			*txg = label_txg;
5458 			*avd = vd;
5459 		}
5460 		nvlist_free(label);
5461 	}
5462 }
5463 
5464 /*
5465  * Import a root pool.
5466  *
5467  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
5468  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
5469  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
5470  *
5471  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
5472  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
5473  * e.g.
5474  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
5475  */
5476 int
5477 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t pool_guid,
5478     uint64_t vdev_guid)
5479 {
5480 	spa_t *spa;
5481 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5482 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5483 	uint64_t guid, txg;
5484 	char *pname;
5485 	int error;
5486 	const char *altdevpath = NULL;
5487 	const char *rdpath = NULL;
5488 
5489 	if ((rdpath = vdev_disk_preroot_force_path()) != NULL) {
5490 		/*
5491 		 * We expect to import a single-vdev pool from a specific
5492 		 * device such as a ramdisk device.  We don't care what the
5493 		 * pool label says.
5494 		 */
5495 		config = spa_generate_rootconf(rdpath, NULL, &guid, 0);
5496 		if (config != NULL) {
5497 			goto configok;
5498 		}
5499 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot use root disk device '%s'", rdpath);
5500 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
5501 	}
5502 
5503 	/*
5504 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5505 	 */
5506 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid, pool_guid);
5507 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
5508 	if (config == NULL) {
5509 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
5510 			/* iscsi boot */
5511 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
5512 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid,
5513 			    pool_guid);
5514 		}
5515 	}
5516 #endif
5517 
5518 	/*
5519 	 * We were unable to import the pool using the /devices path or devid
5520 	 * provided by the boot loader.  This may be the case if the boot
5521 	 * device has been connected to a different location in the system, or
5522 	 * if a new boot environment has changed the driver used to access the
5523 	 * boot device.
5524 	 *
5525 	 * Attempt an exhaustive scan of all visible block devices to see if we
5526 	 * can locate an alternative /devices path with a label that matches
5527 	 * the expected pool and vdev GUID.
5528 	 */
5529 	if (config == NULL && (altdevpath =
5530 	    vdev_disk_preroot_lookup(pool_guid, vdev_guid)) != NULL) {
5531 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Original /devices path (%s) not available; "
5532 		    "ZFS is trying an alternate path (%s)", devpath,
5533 		    altdevpath);
5534 		config = spa_generate_rootconf(altdevpath, NULL, &guid,
5535 		    pool_guid);
5536 	}
5537 
5538 	if (config == NULL) {
5539 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
5540 		    devpath);
5541 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
5542 	}
5543 
5544 configok:
5545 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5546 	    &pname) == 0);
5547 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
5548 
5549 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5550 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5551 		/*
5552 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
5553 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
5554 		 */
5555 		spa_remove(spa);
5556 	}
5557 
5558 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5559 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5560 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5561 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5562 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5563 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5564 
5565 	/*
5566 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5567 	 */
5568 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5569 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5570 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5571 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5572 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5573 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5574 	if (error) {
5575 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5576 		nvlist_free(config);
5577 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5578 		    pname);
5579 		return (error);
5580 	}
5581 
5582 	/*
5583 	 * Get the boot vdev.
5584 	 */
5585 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
5586 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
5587 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
5588 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5589 		goto out;
5590 	}
5591 
5592 	/*
5593 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
5594 	 */
5595 	avd = bvd;
5596 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
5597 	if (avd != bvd) {
5598 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
5599 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
5600 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5601 		goto out;
5602 	}
5603 
5604 	/*
5605 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
5606 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
5607 	 */
5608 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5609 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
5610 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
5611 		    "try booting from '%s'",
5612 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
5613 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
5614 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5615 		goto out;
5616 	}
5617 
5618 	/*
5619 	 * The root disk may have been expanded while the system was offline.
5620 	 * Kick off an async task to check for and handle expansion.
5621 	 */
5622 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5623 
5624 	error = 0;
5625 out:
5626 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5627 	vdev_free(rvd);
5628 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5629 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5630 
5631 	nvlist_free(config);
5632 	return (error);
5633 }
5634 
5635 #endif
5636 
5637 /*
5638  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5639  */
5640 int
5641 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
5642 {
5643 	spa_t *spa;
5644 	char *altroot = NULL;
5645 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
5646 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5647 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
5648 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
5649 	int error;
5650 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5651 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5652 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5653 
5654 	/*
5655 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5656 	 */
5657 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5658 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
5659 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5660 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5661 	}
5662 
5663 	/*
5664 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5665 	 */
5666 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5667 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5668 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5669 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
5670 	if (readonly)
5671 		mode = FREAD;
5672 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
5673 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
5674 
5675 	/*
5676 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5677 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5678 	 */
5679 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
5680 		if (props != NULL)
5681 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5682 
5683 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5684 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5685 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
5686 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5687 		return (0);
5688 	}
5689 
5690 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
5691 
5692 	/*
5693 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5694 	 */
5695 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5696 
5697 	zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
5698 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
5699 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
5700 
5701 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
5702 
5703 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5704 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5705 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
5706 	} else {
5707 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5708 		    "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5709 	}
5710 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
5711 
5712 	/*
5713 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5714 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5715 	 */
5716 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5717 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5718 
5719 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5720 	/*
5721 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5722 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5723 	 */
5724 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
5725 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
5726 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
5727 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5728 	}
5729 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
5730 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
5731 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
5732 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5733 	}
5734 
5735 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5736 	    &nvroot) == 0);
5737 	if (error == 0)
5738 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5739 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
5740 	if (error == 0)
5741 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5742 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
5743 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5744 
5745 	if (props != NULL)
5746 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5747 
5748 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
5749 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
5750 		spa_unload(spa);
5751 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5752 		spa_remove(spa);
5753 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5754 		return (error);
5755 	}
5756 
5757 	spa_async_resume(spa);
5758 
5759 	/*
5760 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
5761 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
5762 	 */
5763 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5764 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5765 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
5766 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5767 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5768 		else
5769 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5770 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5771 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5772 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5773 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5774 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5775 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5776 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5777 	}
5778 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5779 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5780 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
5781 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5782 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5783 		else
5784 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5785 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5786 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5787 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5788 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5789 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5790 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5791 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5792 	}
5793 
5794 	/*
5795 	 * Check for any removed devices.
5796 	 */
5797 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
5798 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
5799 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
5800 	}
5801 
5802 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
5803 		/*
5804 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
5805 		 */
5806 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5807 	}
5808 
5809 	/*
5810 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
5811 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
5812 	 */
5813 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5814 
5815 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
5816 
5817 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5818 
5819 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5820 
5821 	return (0);
5822 }
5823 
5824 nvlist_t *
5825 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
5826 {
5827 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
5828 	char *poolname, *cachefile;
5829 	spa_t *spa;
5830 	uint64_t state;
5831 	int error;
5832 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5833 
5834 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
5835 		return (NULL);
5836 
5837 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
5838 		return (NULL);
5839 
5840 	/*
5841 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5842 	 */
5843 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5844 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
5845 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
5846 
5847 	/*
5848 	 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
5849 	 */
5850 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
5851 	if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
5852 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
5853 		spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
5854 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
5855 		    poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5856 	} else {
5857 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
5858 	}
5859 
5860 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
5861 	    == 0) {
5862 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
5863 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
5864 	} else {
5865 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
5866 	}
5867 
5868 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
5869 
5870 	/*
5871 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
5872 	 */
5873 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5874 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
5875 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5876 		    poolname) == 0);
5877 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5878 		    state) == 0);
5879 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
5880 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
5881 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5882 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5883 
5884 		/*
5885 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
5886 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
5887 		 * pools are bootable.
5888 		 */
5889 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
5890 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5891 
5892 			/*
5893 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
5894 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
5895 			 */
5896 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
5897 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
5898 				char *cp;
5899 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5900 
5901 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
5902 				if (cp == NULL) {
5903 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
5904 					    MAXPATHLEN);
5905 				} else {
5906 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
5907 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
5908 				}
5909 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
5910 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
5911 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
5912 			}
5913 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
5914 		}
5915 
5916 		/*
5917 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
5918 		 */
5919 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5920 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
5921 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
5922 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5923 	}
5924 
5925 	spa_unload(spa);
5926 	spa_deactivate(spa);
5927 	spa_remove(spa);
5928 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5929 
5930 	return (config);
5931 }
5932 
5933 /*
5934  * Pool export/destroy
5935  *
5936  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
5937  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
5938  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
5939  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
5940  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
5941  */
5942 static int
5943 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
5944     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
5945 {
5946 	spa_t *spa;
5947 
5948 	if (oldconfig)
5949 		*oldconfig = NULL;
5950 
5951 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
5952 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
5953 
5954 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5955 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
5956 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5957 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
5958 	}
5959 
5960 	/*
5961 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
5962 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
5963 	 */
5964 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5965 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5966 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5967 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5968 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5969 
5970 	/*
5971 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
5972 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
5973 	 */
5974 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
5975 
5976 		/*
5977 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
5978 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
5979 		 */
5980 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
5981 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
5982 
5983 		/*
5984 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
5985 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
5986 		 * fault injection handlers.
5987 		 */
5988 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
5989 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
5990 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
5991 			spa_async_resume(spa);
5992 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5993 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5994 		}
5995 
5996 		/*
5997 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
5998 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
5999 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6000 		 * be forcedly exported.
6001 		 */
6002 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
6003 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
6004 			spa_async_resume(spa);
6005 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6006 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
6007 		}
6008 
6009 		/*
6010 		 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6011 		 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6012 		 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6013 		 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6014 		 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6015 		 */
6016 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6017 			vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6018 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
6019 			vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
6020 			vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
6021 		}
6022 
6023 		/*
6024 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6025 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
6026 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6027 		 */
6028 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
6029 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6030 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
6031 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
6032 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
6033 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6034 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6035 		}
6036 	}
6037 
6038 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
6039 
6040 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6041 		spa_unload(spa);
6042 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6043 	}
6044 
6045 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
6046 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
6047 
6048 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6049 		if (!hardforce)
6050 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
6051 		spa_remove(spa);
6052 	}
6053 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6054 
6055 	return (0);
6056 }
6057 
6058 /*
6059  * Destroy a storage pool.
6060  */
6061 int
6062 spa_destroy(char *pool)
6063 {
6064 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
6065 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6066 }
6067 
6068 /*
6069  * Export a storage pool.
6070  */
6071 int
6072 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
6073     boolean_t hardforce)
6074 {
6075 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
6076 	    force, hardforce));
6077 }
6078 
6079 /*
6080  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6081  * from the namespace in any way.
6082  */
6083 int
6084 spa_reset(char *pool)
6085 {
6086 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
6087 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6088 }
6089 
6090 /*
6091  * ==========================================================================
6092  * Device manipulation
6093  * ==========================================================================
6094  */
6095 
6096 /*
6097  * Add a device to a storage pool.
6098  */
6099 int
6100 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
6101 {
6102 	uint64_t txg;
6103 	int error;
6104 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6105 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
6106 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
6107 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
6108 
6109 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6110 
6111 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6112 
6113 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6114 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6115 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6116 
6117 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6118 
6119 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
6120 	    &nspares) != 0)
6121 		nspares = 0;
6122 
6123 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
6124 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
6125 		nl2cache = 0;
6126 
6127 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
6128 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6129 
6130 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
6131 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
6132 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6133 
6134 	/*
6135 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6136 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6137 	 */
6138 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6139 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6140 
6141 	/*
6142 	 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6143 	 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6144 	 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6145 	 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
6146 	 */
6147 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
6148 	    spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
6149 		for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6150 			tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6151 			if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
6152 			    tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
6153 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6154 			}
6155 			/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
6156 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) {
6157 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6158 			}
6159 			/*
6160 			 * Need the top level mirror to be
6161 			 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6162 			 */
6163 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
6164 				for (uint64_t cid = 0;
6165 				    cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
6166 					vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
6167 					if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
6168 						return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
6169 						    txg, EINVAL));
6170 					}
6171 				}
6172 			}
6173 		}
6174 	}
6175 
6176 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6177 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6178 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
6179 		tvd->vdev_id = rvd->vdev_children;
6180 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
6181 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6182 	}
6183 
6184 	if (nspares != 0) {
6185 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
6186 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
6187 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6188 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6189 	}
6190 
6191 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
6192 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
6193 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6194 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6195 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6196 	}
6197 
6198 	/*
6199 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6200 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6201 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6202 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6203 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6204 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6205 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6206 	 *
6207 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6208 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6209 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6210 	 */
6211 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6212 
6213 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6214 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6215 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
6216 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6217 
6218 	return (0);
6219 }
6220 
6221 /*
6222  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
6223  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
6224  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6225  *
6226  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6227  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6228  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6229  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6230  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6231  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6232  * is automatically detached.
6233  */
6234 int
6235 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
6236 {
6237 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
6238 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6239 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
6240 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
6241 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
6242 	int newvd_isspare;
6243 	int error;
6244 
6245 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6246 
6247 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6248 
6249 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6250 
6251 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6252 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6253 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6254 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6255 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6256 	}
6257 
6258 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
6259 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6260 
6261 	if (oldvd == NULL)
6262 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6263 
6264 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6265 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6266 
6267 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
6268 
6269 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6270 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
6271 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6272 
6273 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
6274 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6275 
6276 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
6277 
6278 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6279 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6280 
6281 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
6282 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
6283 
6284 	/*
6285 	 * Spares can't replace logs
6286 	 */
6287 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
6288 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6289 
6290 	if (!replacing) {
6291 		/*
6292 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6293 		 * vdev.
6294 		 */
6295 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6296 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
6297 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6298 
6299 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
6300 	} else {
6301 		/*
6302 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6303 		 * spares.
6304 		 */
6305 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6306 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
6307 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
6308 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6309 
6310 		/*
6311 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6312 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
6313 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
6314 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6315 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6316 		 * non-spare).
6317 		 */
6318 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6319 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
6320 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6321 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6322 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
6323 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6324 		}
6325 
6326 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
6327 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
6328 		else
6329 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
6330 	}
6331 
6332 	/*
6333 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6334 	 */
6335 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
6336 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
6337 
6338 	/*
6339 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6340 	 * than the top-level vdev.
6341 	 */
6342 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
6343 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
6344 
6345 	/*
6346 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6347 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6348 	 */
6349 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
6350 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
6351 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
6352 		    KM_SLEEP);
6353 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
6354 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
6355 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
6356 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
6357 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
6358 		}
6359 	}
6360 
6361 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
6362 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
6363 
6364 	/*
6365 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6366 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6367 	 */
6368 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
6369 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
6370 
6371 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
6372 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
6373 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
6374 
6375 	/*
6376 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6377 	 */
6378 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
6379 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
6380 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
6381 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
6382 
6383 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
6384 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
6385 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6386 
6387 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6388 
6389 	/*
6390 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6391 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
6392 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6393 	 */
6394 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
6395 
6396 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
6397 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
6398 
6399 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
6400 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
6401 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
6402 	}
6403 
6404 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
6405 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
6406 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
6407 
6408 	/*
6409 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6410 	 */
6411 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
6412 
6413 	/*
6414 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6415 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6416 	 * respective datasets. We do not do this if resilvers have been
6417 	 * deferred.
6418 	 */
6419 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)) &&
6420 	    spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER))
6421 		vdev_defer_resilver(newvd);
6422 	else
6423 		dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
6424 
6425 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
6426 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6427 
6428 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6429 
6430 	/*
6431 	 * Commit the config
6432 	 */
6433 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
6434 
6435 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
6436 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6437 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
6438 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
6439 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
6440 
6441 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
6442 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
6443 
6444 	return (0);
6445 }
6446 
6447 /*
6448  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6449  *
6450  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6451  * is a replacing vdev.
6452  */
6453 int
6454 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
6455 {
6456 	uint64_t txg;
6457 	int error;
6458 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6459 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
6460 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
6461 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
6462 	char *vdpath;
6463 
6464 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6465 
6466 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6467 
6468 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6469 
6470 	/*
6471 	 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6472 	 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6473 	 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6474 	 *
6475 	 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6476 	 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6477 	 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6478 	 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6479 	 *
6480 	 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6481 	 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6482 	 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6483 	 */
6484 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6485 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6486 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6487 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6488 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6489 	}
6490 
6491 	if (vd == NULL)
6492 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6493 
6494 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6495 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6496 
6497 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6498 
6499 	/*
6500 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6501 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6502 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
6503 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
6504 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6505 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6506 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
6507 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6508 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
6509 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6510 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6511 	 */
6512 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
6513 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6514 
6515 	/*
6516 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6517 	 */
6518 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6519 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6520 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6521 
6522 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
6523 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
6524 
6525 	/*
6526 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6527 	 */
6528 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6529 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6530 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6531 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6532 
6533 	/*
6534 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6535 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
6536 	 */
6537 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
6538 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6539 
6540 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
6541 
6542 	/*
6543 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6544 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6545 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
6546 	 */
6547 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
6548 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
6549 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
6550 
6551 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6552 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
6553 
6554 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
6555 				continue;
6556 
6557 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
6558 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
6559 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
6560 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6561 				break;
6562 			}
6563 		}
6564 	}
6565 
6566 	/*
6567 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6568 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6569 	 * active spare list for the pool.
6570 	 */
6571 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6572 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6573 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
6574 		unspare = B_TRUE;
6575 
6576 	/*
6577 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6578 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6579 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6580 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6581 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6582 	 * it's being detached!
6583 	 */
6584 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
6585 
6586 	/*
6587 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6588 	 */
6589 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
6590 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
6591 
6592 	/*
6593 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6594 	 */
6595 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
6596 
6597 	/*
6598 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6599 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6600 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6601 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
6602 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6603 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6604 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6605 	 */
6606 	if (unspare) {
6607 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
6608 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
6609 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
6610 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6611 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
6612 	}
6613 
6614 	/*
6615 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6616 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
6617 	 */
6618 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
6619 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
6620 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
6621 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
6622 	}
6623 
6624 	/*
6625 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6626 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6627 	 */
6628 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
6629 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6630 
6631 	/*
6632 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6633 	 */
6634 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
6635 
6636 	/*
6637 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6638 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6639 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6640 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6641 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6642 	 */
6643 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
6644 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
6645 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
6646 	}
6647 
6648 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6649 
6650 	/*
6651 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6652 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6653 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6654 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6655 	 */
6656 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6657 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
6658 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
6659 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
6660 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
6661 
6662 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
6663 	spa_notify_waiters(spa);
6664 
6665 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6666 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6667 
6668 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6669 
6670 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
6671 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
6672 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
6673 
6674 	/*
6675 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6676 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6677 	 * list of every other pool.
6678 	 */
6679 	if (unspare) {
6680 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
6681 
6682 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6683 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
6684 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6685 			    altspa == spa)
6686 				continue;
6687 
6688 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
6689 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6690 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6691 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6692 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
6693 		}
6694 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6695 
6696 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6697 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6698 	}
6699 
6700 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
6701 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6702 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6703 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6704 
6705 	return (error);
6706 }
6707 
6708 static int
6709 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
6710     list_t *vd_list)
6711 {
6712 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6713 
6714 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6715 
6716 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
6717 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6718 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
6719 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6720 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
6721 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6722 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6723 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
6724 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
6725 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6726 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6727 	}
6728 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6729 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6730 
6731 	/*
6732 	 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
6733 	 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
6734 	 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
6735 	 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
6736 	 * the thread is not exited.
6737 	 */
6738 	if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_START &&
6739 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
6740 	    vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
6741 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6742 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6743 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
6744 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
6745 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
6746 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6747 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6748 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
6749 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
6750 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6751 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6752 	}
6753 
6754 	switch (cmd_type) {
6755 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_START:
6756 		vdev_initialize(vd);
6757 		break;
6758 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
6759 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED, vd_list);
6760 		break;
6761 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
6762 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
6763 		break;
6764 	default:
6765 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
6766 	}
6767 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6768 
6769 	return (0);
6770 }
6771 
6772 int
6773 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type,
6774     nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
6775 {
6776 	int total_errors = 0;
6777 	list_t vd_list;
6778 
6779 	list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
6780 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
6781 
6782 	/*
6783 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
6784 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
6785 	 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
6786 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
6787 	 * the initializing operation.
6788 	 */
6789 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6790 
6791 	for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
6792 	    pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
6793 		uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
6794 
6795 		int error = spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
6796 		    &vd_list);
6797 		if (error != 0) {
6798 			char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
6799 
6800 			(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
6801 			    "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
6802 			fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
6803 			total_errors++;
6804 		}
6805 	}
6806 
6807 	/* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
6808 	vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
6809 
6810 	/* Sync out the initializing state */
6811 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6812 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6813 
6814 	list_destroy(&vd_list);
6815 
6816 	return (total_errors);
6817 }
6818 
6819 static int
6820 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
6821     uint64_t rate, boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, list_t *vd_list)
6822 {
6823 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6824 
6825 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6826 
6827 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
6828 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6829 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
6830 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6831 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
6832 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6833 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6834 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
6835 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
6836 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6837 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6838 	} else if (!vd->vdev_has_trim) {
6839 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6840 		return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
6841 	} else if (secure && !vd->vdev_has_securetrim) {
6842 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6843 		return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
6844 	}
6845 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
6846 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6847 
6848 	/*
6849 	 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
6850 	 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
6851 	 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
6852 	 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
6853 	 */
6854 	if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_START &&
6855 	    (vd->vdev_trim_thread != NULL || vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
6856 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
6857 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6858 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_CANCEL &&
6859 	    (vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE &&
6860 	    vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED)) {
6861 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
6862 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6863 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND &&
6864 	    vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE) {
6865 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
6866 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6867 	}
6868 
6869 	switch (cmd_type) {
6870 	case POOL_TRIM_START:
6871 		vdev_trim(vd, rate, partial, secure);
6872 		break;
6873 	case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL:
6874 		vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED, vd_list);
6875 		break;
6876 	case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND:
6877 		vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
6878 		break;
6879 	default:
6880 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
6881 	}
6882 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
6883 
6884 	return (0);
6885 }
6886 
6887 /*
6888  * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
6889  * TRIM threads for each child vdev.  These threads pass over all of the free
6890  * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
6891  */
6892 int
6893 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type, uint64_t rate,
6894     boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
6895 {
6896 	int total_errors = 0;
6897 	list_t vd_list;
6898 
6899 	list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
6900 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
6901 
6902 	/*
6903 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
6904 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
6905 	 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
6906 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
6907 	 * the TRIM operation.
6908 	 */
6909 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6910 
6911 	for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
6912 	    pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
6913 		uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
6914 
6915 		int error = spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
6916 		    rate, partial, secure, &vd_list);
6917 		if (error != 0) {
6918 			char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
6919 
6920 			(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
6921 			    "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
6922 			fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
6923 			total_errors++;
6924 		}
6925 	}
6926 
6927 	/* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
6928 	vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
6929 
6930 	/* Sync out the TRIM state */
6931 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6932 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6933 
6934 	list_destroy(&vd_list);
6935 
6936 	return (total_errors);
6937 }
6938 
6939 /*
6940  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
6941  */
6942 int
6943 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
6944     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
6945 {
6946 	int error = 0;
6947 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
6948 	spa_t *newspa;
6949 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
6950 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
6951 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6952 	char *altroot = NULL;
6953 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
6954 	boolean_t activate_slog;
6955 
6956 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6957 
6958 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6959 
6960 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6961 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6962 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6963 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6964 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6965 	}
6966 
6967 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
6968 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
6969 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6970 	error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
6971 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6972 
6973 	if (activate_slog)
6974 		spa_activate_log(spa);
6975 
6976 	if (error != 0)
6977 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6978 
6979 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
6980 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
6981 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
6982 
6983 	/*
6984 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
6985 	 */
6986 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
6987 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
6988 	    &children) != 0)
6989 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6990 
6991 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
6992 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6993 	lastlog = 0;
6994 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6995 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6996 
6997 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
6998 		if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6999 			if (lastlog == 0)
7000 				lastlog = c;
7001 			continue;
7002 		}
7003 
7004 		lastlog = 0;
7005 	}
7006 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
7007 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7008 
7009 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7010 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
7011 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
7012 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7013 
7014 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
7015 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
7016 
7017 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7018 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7019 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
7020 
7021 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
7022 		    &is_hole);
7023 
7024 		if (is_hole != 0) {
7025 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
7026 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
7027 				continue;
7028 			} else {
7029 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7030 				break;
7031 			}
7032 		}
7033 
7034 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
7035 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
7036 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
7037 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7038 			break;
7039 		}
7040 
7041 		/* look it up in the spa */
7042 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
7043 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
7044 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
7045 			break;
7046 		}
7047 
7048 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7049 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
7050 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
7051 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
7052 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
7053 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
7054 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
7055 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
7056 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
7057 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
7058 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7059 			break;
7060 		}
7061 
7062 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
7063 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
7064 			break;
7065 		}
7066 
7067 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
7068 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
7069 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
7070 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
7071 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
7072 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
7073 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
7074 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
7075 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
7076 
7077 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7078 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
7079 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7080 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
7081 
7082 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
7083 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7084 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
7085 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
7086 	}
7087 
7088 	if (error != 0) {
7089 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7090 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7091 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7092 	}
7093 
7094 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
7095 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7096 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
7097 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
7098 	}
7099 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7100 
7101 	/*
7102 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
7103 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7104 	 */
7105 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7106 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
7107 	    glist, children) == 0);
7108 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7109 
7110 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7111 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
7112 	    nvl) == 0);
7113 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7114 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
7115 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7116 
7117 	/* configure and create the new pool */
7118 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
7119 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
7120 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
7121 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
7122 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
7123 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
7124 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
7125 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
7126 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
7127 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
7128 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
7129 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
7130 
7131 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
7132 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
7133 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
7134 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
7135 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
7136 
7137 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7138 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7139 
7140 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7141 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
7142 
7143 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
7144 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
7145 
7146 	/*
7147 	 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity.  We set the
7148 	 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7149 	 * once the split has completed.
7150 	 */
7151 	list_t vd_initialize_list;
7152 	list_create(&vd_initialize_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7153 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
7154 
7155 	list_t vd_trim_list;
7156 	list_create(&vd_trim_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7157 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
7158 
7159 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7160 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
7161 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
7162 			vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c],
7163 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE, &vd_initialize_list);
7164 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
7165 
7166 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
7167 			vdev_trim_stop(vml[c], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE, &vd_trim_list);
7168 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
7169 		}
7170 	}
7171 
7172 	vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_initialize_list);
7173 	vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_trim_list);
7174 
7175 	list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list);
7176 	list_destroy(&vd_trim_list);
7177 
7178 	newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
7179 
7180 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7181 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
7182 	if (error)
7183 		goto out;
7184 
7185 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7186 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
7187 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
7188 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7189 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
7190 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
7191 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
7192 		    B_TRUE));
7193 	}
7194 
7195 	/* set the props */
7196 	if (props != NULL) {
7197 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
7198 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
7199 		if (error)
7200 			goto out;
7201 	}
7202 
7203 	/* flush everything */
7204 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
7205 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
7206 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7207 
7208 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7209 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
7210 
7211 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
7212 
7213 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
7214 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7215 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
7216 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
7217 	if (error != 0)
7218 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
7219 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7220 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
7221 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
7222 			if (error == 0)
7223 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
7224 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
7225 
7226 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
7227 		}
7228 	}
7229 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
7230 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7231 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
7232 	nvlist_free(nvl);
7233 	if (error == 0)
7234 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
7235 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
7236 
7237 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7238 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
7239 
7240 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
7241 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
7242 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
7243 
7244 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7245 
7246 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7247 	if (exp)
7248 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
7249 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
7250 
7251 	return (error);
7252 
7253 out:
7254 	spa_unload(newspa);
7255 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
7256 	spa_remove(newspa);
7257 
7258 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7259 
7260 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
7261 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7262 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
7263 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
7264 	}
7265 
7266 	/* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7267 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
7268 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART);
7269 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
7270 
7271 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7272 
7273 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
7274 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
7275 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
7276 
7277 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7278 	return (error);
7279 }
7280 
7281 /*
7282  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7283  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7284  */
7285 static vdev_t *
7286 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
7287 {
7288 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
7289 
7290 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7291 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
7292 		if (oldvd != NULL)
7293 			return (oldvd);
7294 	}
7295 
7296 	/*
7297 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
7298 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7299 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
7300 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7301 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
7302 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7303 	 */
7304 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
7305 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
7306 
7307 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
7308 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
7309 
7310 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
7311 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7312 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
7313 			return (oldvd);
7314 	}
7315 
7316 	/*
7317 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7318 	 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7319 	 */
7320 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
7321 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
7322 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
7323 
7324 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
7325 			oldvd = first;
7326 			newvd = last;
7327 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
7328 			oldvd = last;
7329 			newvd = first;
7330 		} else {
7331 			oldvd = NULL;
7332 		}
7333 
7334 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
7335 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
7336 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7337 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
7338 			return (oldvd);
7339 
7340 		vdev_propagate_state(vd);
7341 
7342 		/*
7343 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7344 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7345 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7346 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
7347 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7348 		 */
7349 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
7350 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
7351 
7352 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
7353 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
7354 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
7355 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
7356 				return (newvd);
7357 		}
7358 	}
7359 
7360 	return (NULL);
7361 }
7362 
7363 static void
7364 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
7365 {
7366 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
7367 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
7368 
7369 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7370 
7371 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
7372 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
7373 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
7374 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
7375 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
7376 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
7377 		sguid = 0;
7378 		/*
7379 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7380 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7381 		 * spare) as well.
7382 		 */
7383 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
7384 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
7385 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
7386 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
7387 		}
7388 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
7389 
7390 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7391 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
7392 			return;
7393 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
7394 			return;
7395 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7396 	}
7397 
7398 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7399 }
7400 
7401 /*
7402  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7403  */
7404 int
7405 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
7406     boolean_t ispath)
7407 {
7408 	vdev_t *vd;
7409 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
7410 
7411 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7412 
7413 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
7414 
7415 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
7416 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
7417 
7418 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7419 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
7420 
7421 	if (ispath) {
7422 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
7423 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
7424 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
7425 			sync = B_TRUE;
7426 		}
7427 	} else {
7428 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
7429 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7430 			sync = B_TRUE;
7431 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
7432 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
7433 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7434 			sync = B_TRUE;
7435 		}
7436 	}
7437 
7438 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
7439 }
7440 
7441 int
7442 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
7443 {
7444 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
7445 }
7446 
7447 int
7448 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
7449 {
7450 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
7451 }
7452 
7453 /*
7454  * ==========================================================================
7455  * SPA Scanning
7456  * ==========================================================================
7457  */
7458 int
7459 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
7460 {
7461 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7462 
7463 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7464 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7465 
7466 	return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
7467 }
7468 
7469 int
7470 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
7471 {
7472 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7473 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7474 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7475 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
7476 }
7477 
7478 int
7479 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
7480 {
7481 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7482 
7483 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
7484 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
7485 
7486 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
7487 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER))
7488 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
7489 
7490 	/*
7491 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7492 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7493 	 */
7494 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
7495 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
7496 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
7497 		return (0);
7498 	}
7499 
7500 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
7501 }
7502 
7503 /*
7504  * ==========================================================================
7505  * SPA async task processing
7506  * ==========================================================================
7507  */
7508 
7509 static void
7510 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7511 {
7512 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
7513 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
7514 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
7515 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
7516 
7517 		/*
7518 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7519 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7520 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7521 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
7522 		 */
7523 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
7524 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
7525 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
7526 
7527 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
7528 	}
7529 
7530 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7531 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7532 }
7533 
7534 static void
7535 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7536 {
7537 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
7538 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
7539 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7540 	}
7541 
7542 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7543 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7544 }
7545 
7546 static void
7547 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7548 {
7549 	char *physpath;
7550 
7551 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
7552 		return;
7553 
7554 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7555 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
7556 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
7557 	}
7558 
7559 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
7560 		return;
7561 
7562 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
7563 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
7564 
7565 	zfs_post_dle_sysevent(physpath);
7566 
7567 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
7568 }
7569 
7570 static void
7571 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
7572 {
7573 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
7574 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
7575 	int tasks;
7576 
7577 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
7578 
7579 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7580 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7581 	spa->spa_async_tasks = 0;
7582 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7583 
7584 	/*
7585 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7586 	 */
7587 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
7588 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
7589 
7590 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7591 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7592 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
7593 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
7594 
7595 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
7596 
7597 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7598 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
7599 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
7600 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7601 
7602 		/*
7603 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7604 		 * then log an internal history event.
7605 		 */
7606 		if (new_space != old_space) {
7607 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
7608 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7609 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
7610 		}
7611 	}
7612 
7613 	/*
7614 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7615 	 */
7616 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
7617 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7618 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7619 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
7620 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
7621 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
7622 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
7623 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7624 	}
7625 
7626 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
7627 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7628 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7629 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7630 	}
7631 
7632 	/*
7633 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7634 	 */
7635 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
7636 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7637 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7638 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
7639 			spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
7640 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7641 	}
7642 
7643 	/*
7644 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7645 	 */
7646 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
7647 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
7648 
7649 	/*
7650 	 * Kick off a resilver.
7651 	 */
7652 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER &&
7653 	    (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp) ||
7654 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp->dp_spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)))
7655 		dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp, 0);
7656 
7657 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
7658 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7659 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7660 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7661 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7662 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7663 	}
7664 
7665 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART) {
7666 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7667 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7668 		vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7669 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7670 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7671 	}
7672 
7673 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART) {
7674 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7675 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7676 		vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
7677 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7678 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7679 	}
7680 
7681 	/*
7682 	 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
7683 	 */
7684 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD) {
7685 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7686 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG, RW_READER);
7687 		l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa);
7688 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG);
7689 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7690 	}
7691 
7692 	/*
7693 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7694 	 */
7695 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7696 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
7697 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7698 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7699 	thread_exit();
7700 }
7701 
7702 void
7703 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
7704 {
7705 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7706 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
7707 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL)
7708 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
7709 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7710 
7711 	spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
7712 
7713 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7714 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
7715 		zthr_cancel(condense_thread);
7716 
7717 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7718 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
7719 		zthr_cancel(discard_thread);
7720 }
7721 
7722 void
7723 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
7724 {
7725 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7726 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
7727 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
7728 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7729 	spa_restart_removal(spa);
7730 
7731 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7732 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
7733 		zthr_resume(condense_thread);
7734 
7735 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7736 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
7737 		zthr_resume(discard_thread);
7738 }
7739 
7740 static boolean_t
7741 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
7742 {
7743 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
7744 	uint_t config_task;
7745 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
7746 
7747 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
7748 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
7749 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
7750 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
7751 	} else {
7752 		config_task_suspended =
7753 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
7754 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
7755 	}
7756 
7757 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
7758 }
7759 
7760 static void
7761 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
7762 {
7763 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7764 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
7765 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7766 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
7767 	    rootdir != NULL)
7768 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7769 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7770 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7771 }
7772 
7773 void
7774 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
7775 {
7776 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
7777 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7778 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
7779 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7780 }
7781 
7782 int
7783 spa_async_tasks(spa_t *spa)
7784 {
7785 	return (spa->spa_async_tasks);
7786 }
7787 
7788 /*
7789  * ==========================================================================
7790  * SPA syncing routines
7791  * ==========================================================================
7792  */
7793 
7794 static int
7795 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7796 {
7797 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
7798 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
7799 	return (0);
7800 }
7801 
7802 static int
7803 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7804 {
7805 	zio_t *zio = arg;
7806 
7807 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
7808 	    zio->io_flags));
7809 	return (0);
7810 }
7811 
7812 /*
7813  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7814  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
7815  */
7816 static void
7817 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7818 {
7819 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7820 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
7821 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
7822 }
7823 
7824 /*
7825  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7826  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
7827  */
7828 static void
7829 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7830 {
7831 	if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
7832 		return;
7833 
7834 	/*
7835 	 * Note:
7836 	 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
7837 	 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
7838 	 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
7839 	 * not have any entries.
7840 	 *
7841 	 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
7842 	 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
7843 	 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
7844 	 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
7845 	 */
7846 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7847 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
7848 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
7849 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
7850 }
7851 
7852 
7853 static void
7854 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7855 {
7856 	char *packed = NULL;
7857 	size_t bufsize;
7858 	size_t nvsize = 0;
7859 	dmu_buf_t *db;
7860 
7861 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
7862 
7863 	/*
7864 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
7865 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
7866 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
7867 	 */
7868 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
7869 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
7870 
7871 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
7872 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7873 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
7874 
7875 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
7876 
7877 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
7878 
7879 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
7880 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
7881 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
7882 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
7883 }
7884 
7885 static void
7886 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
7887     const char *config, const char *entry)
7888 {
7889 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
7890 	nvlist_t **list;
7891 	int i;
7892 
7893 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
7894 		return;
7895 
7896 	/*
7897 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
7898 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
7899 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
7900 	 */
7901 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
7902 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7903 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
7904 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
7905 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7906 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
7907 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
7908 	}
7909 
7910 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7911 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
7912 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
7913 	} else {
7914 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
7915 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7916 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
7917 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
7918 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
7919 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
7920 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7921 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
7922 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
7923 	}
7924 
7925 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
7926 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
7927 
7928 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
7929 }
7930 
7931 /*
7932  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
7933  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
7934  */
7935 static void
7936 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7937 {
7938 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
7939 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
7940 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7941 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
7942 	}
7943 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
7944 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7945 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
7946 	}
7947 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
7948 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
7949 	}
7950 }
7951 
7952 static void
7953 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7954 {
7955 	nvlist_t *config;
7956 
7957 	/*
7958 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
7959 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
7960 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
7961 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
7962 	 */
7963 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
7964 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
7965 		return;
7966 
7967 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7968 
7969 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
7970 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
7971 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
7972 
7973 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
7974 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
7975 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7976 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
7977 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
7978 
7979 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
7980 		zap_cursor_t zc;
7981 		zap_attribute_t za;
7982 
7983 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
7984 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
7985 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
7986 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
7987 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
7988 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
7989 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
7990 				/*
7991 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
7992 				 * destroy it
7993 				 */
7994 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
7995 				    tx));
7996 			}
7997 		}
7998 
7999 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8000 
8001 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
8002 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8003 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8004 
8005 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8006 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8007 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
8008 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
8009 
8010 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
8011 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
8012 		zap_cursor_t zc;
8013 		zap_attribute_t za;
8014 
8015 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8016 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
8017 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
8018 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
8019 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
8020 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
8021 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
8022 		}
8023 
8024 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8025 
8026 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8027 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8028 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8029 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8030 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
8031 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
8032 	}
8033 
8034 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
8035 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8036 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
8037 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
8038 	}
8039 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
8040 
8041 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8042 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
8043 
8044 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
8045 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
8046 
8047 	/*
8048 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8049 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8050 	 */
8051 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
8052 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
8053 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8054 
8055 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8056 
8057 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
8058 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
8059 
8060 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
8061 }
8062 
8063 static void
8064 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8065 {
8066 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
8067 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
8068 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8069 
8070 	/*
8071 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8072 	 */
8073 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
8074 
8075 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
8076 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
8077 
8078 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8079 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8080 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
8081 }
8082 
8083 /*
8084  * Set zpool properties.
8085  */
8086 static void
8087 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8088 {
8089 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
8090 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8091 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
8092 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
8093 
8094 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
8095 
8096 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
8097 		uint64_t intval;
8098 		char *strval, *fname;
8099 		zpool_prop_t prop;
8100 		const char *propname;
8101 		zprop_type_t proptype;
8102 		spa_feature_t fid;
8103 
8104 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
8105 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
8106 			/*
8107 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8108 			 */
8109 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
8110 
8111 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
8112 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
8113 
8114 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
8115 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8116 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
8117 			break;
8118 
8119 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
8120 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
8121 			/*
8122 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
8123 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
8124 			 */
8125 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
8126 			break;
8127 
8128 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
8129 			/*
8130 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8131 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8132 			 */
8133 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
8134 			break;
8135 
8136 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
8137 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
8138 			/*
8139 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
8140 			 * properties.
8141 			 */
8142 			break;
8143 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
8144 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
8145 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
8146 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
8147 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
8148 			/*
8149 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8150 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
8151 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8152 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
8153 			 */
8154 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
8155 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8156 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8157 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
8158 			break;
8159 		default:
8160 			/*
8161 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8162 			 */
8163 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
8164 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
8165 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
8166 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
8167 				    tx);
8168 			}
8169 
8170 			/* normalize the property name */
8171 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
8172 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
8173 
8174 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
8175 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
8176 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
8177 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
8178 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
8179 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
8180 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8181 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
8182 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
8183 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
8184 
8185 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
8186 					const char *unused;
8187 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8188 					    prop, intval, &unused));
8189 				}
8190 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
8191 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
8192 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
8193 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
8194 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
8195 			} else {
8196 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8197 			}
8198 
8199 			switch (prop) {
8200 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
8201 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
8202 				break;
8203 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
8204 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
8205 				break;
8206 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
8207 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
8208 				break;
8209 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
8210 				spa->spa_autotrim = intval;
8211 				spa_async_request(spa,
8212 				    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
8213 				break;
8214 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
8215 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
8216 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
8217 					spa_async_request(spa,
8218 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
8219 				break;
8220 			case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
8221 				spa->spa_multihost = intval;
8222 				break;
8223 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
8224 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
8225 				break;
8226 			default:
8227 				break;
8228 			}
8229 		}
8230 
8231 	}
8232 
8233 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
8234 }
8235 
8236 /*
8237  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
8238  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8239  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8240  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8241  * tasks.
8242  */
8243 static void
8244 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8245 {
8246 	if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
8247 		return;
8248 
8249 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8250 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
8251 
8252 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
8253 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
8254 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
8255 
8256 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8257 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
8258 	}
8259 
8260 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
8261 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
8262 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
8263 	}
8264 
8265 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
8266 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
8267 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
8268 
8269 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8270 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
8271 	}
8272 
8273 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
8274 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
8275 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
8276 	}
8277 
8278 	/*
8279 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8280 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8281 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8282 	 * this feature active
8283 	 */
8284 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
8285 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
8286 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
8287 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
8288 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
8289 
8290 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
8291 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
8292 	}
8293 
8294 	/*
8295 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
8296 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8297 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8298 	 */
8299 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
8300 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
8301 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8302 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
8303 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
8304 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
8305 	}
8306 
8307 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
8308 }
8309 
8310 static void
8311 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
8312 {
8313 	vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
8314 	vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
8315 
8316 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
8317 		ASSERT(vim != NULL);
8318 		ASSERT(vib != NULL);
8319 	}
8320 
8321 	if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) {
8322 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
8323 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
8324 		    vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
8325 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
8326 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
8327 
8328 		ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==,
8329 		    space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
8330 		ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
8331 		    space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
8332 	}
8333 	ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
8334 
8335 	/*
8336 	 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8337 	 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8338 	 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8339 	 */
8340 	ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
8341 }
8342 
8343 /*
8344  * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8345  * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8346  * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8347  */
8348 static void
8349 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t *spa)
8350 {
8351 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8352 
8353 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8354 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
8355 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
8356 	metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa);
8357 	metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa);
8358 	metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa);
8359 
8360 	uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
8361 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8362 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8363 
8364 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
8365 		if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
8366 			continue;
8367 
8368 		metaslab_class_t *mc = mg->mg_class;
8369 		if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup)
8370 			continue;
8371 
8372 		/*
8373 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8374 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8375 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8376 		 */
8377 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++)
8378 			ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8379 			    &(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i])));
8380 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
8381 
8382 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8383 			mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] =
8384 			    zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8385 		}
8386 		slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8387 	}
8388 
8389 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8390 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8391 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8392 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8393 		normal->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8394 		special->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8395 		dedup->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8396 	}
8397 	normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8398 	special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8399 	dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8400 }
8401 
8402 static void
8403 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8404 {
8405 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8406 
8407 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8408 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8409 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8410 		vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
8411 
8412 		if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
8413 			spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
8414 			break;
8415 		}
8416 	}
8417 }
8418 
8419 static void
8420 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8421 {
8422 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
8423 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8424 	uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
8425 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
8426 
8427 	do {
8428 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
8429 
8430 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
8431 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
8432 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
8433 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
8434 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
8435 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
8436 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
8437 
8438 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free ||
8439 		    spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP)) {
8440 			/*
8441 			 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
8442 			 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
8443 			 * as the log space map should effectively have the
8444 			 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
8445 			 */
8446 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
8447 		} else {
8448 			/*
8449 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8450 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8451 			 */
8452 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
8453 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
8454 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
8455 		}
8456 
8457 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
8458 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
8459 		svr_sync(spa, tx);
8460 		spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
8461 
8462 		spa_flush_metaslabs(spa, tx);
8463 
8464 		vdev_t *vd = NULL;
8465 		while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
8466 		    != NULL)
8467 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
8468 
8469 		/*
8470 		 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
8471 		 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
8472 		 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
8473 		 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
8474 		 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
8475 		 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
8476 		 * don't want to rely on that here).
8477 		 */
8478 		if (pass == 1 &&
8479 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
8480 		    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
8481 			/*
8482 			 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
8483 			 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
8484 			 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8485 			 */
8486 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
8487 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8488 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
8489 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks, txg));
8490 			break;
8491 		}
8492 
8493 		spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
8494 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
8495 }
8496 
8497 /*
8498  * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
8499  * commit the transaction group.
8500  *
8501  * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
8502  * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
8503  * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
8504  * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8505  */
8506 static void
8507 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8508 {
8509 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8510 	uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
8511 
8512 	for (;;) {
8513 		int error = 0;
8514 
8515 		/*
8516 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8517 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8518 		 */
8519 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8520 
8521 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8522 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
8523 			int svdcount = 0;
8524 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
8525 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
8526 
8527 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8528 				vdev_t *vd =
8529 				    rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
8530 
8531 				/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8532 				if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
8533 					break;
8534 
8535 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 ||
8536 				    vd->vdev_islog ||
8537 				    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
8538 					continue;
8539 
8540 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
8541 				if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
8542 					break;
8543 			}
8544 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
8545 		} else {
8546 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
8547 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
8548 		}
8549 
8550 		if (error == 0)
8551 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
8552 
8553 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8554 
8555 		if (error == 0)
8556 			break;
8557 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR);
8558 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
8559 	}
8560 }
8561 
8562 /*
8563  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
8564  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
8565  */
8566 void
8567 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
8568 {
8569 	vdev_t *vd = NULL;
8570 
8571 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
8572 
8573 	/*
8574 	 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
8575 	 * before this txg syncs.
8576 	 */
8577 	(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8578 	spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
8579 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
8580 
8581 	/*
8582 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
8583 	 */
8584 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8585 
8586 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
8587 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8588 
8589 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8590 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8591 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8592 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8593 	}
8594 
8595 	/*
8596 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
8597 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
8598 	 */
8599 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8600 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
8601 		/*
8602 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
8603 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
8604 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
8605 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
8606 		 * into the root vdev tree.
8607 		 */
8608 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8609 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8610 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
8611 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
8612 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
8613 		}
8614 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8615 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8616 	}
8617 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8618 
8619 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8620 	dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
8621 
8622 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
8623 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
8624 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
8625 
8626 	/*
8627 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
8628 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
8629 	 */
8630 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
8631 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
8632 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8633 
8634 		int i;
8635 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
8636 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
8637 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
8638 				break;
8639 		}
8640 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
8641 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
8642 			VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8643 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
8644 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
8645 		}
8646 	}
8647 
8648 	spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa);
8649 
8650 	spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa, tx);
8651 
8652 	spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa, tx);
8653 
8654 #ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
8655 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8656 		/*
8657 		 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
8658 		 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
8659 		 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
8660 		 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
8661 		 * spa_sync_config_object.
8662 		 */
8663 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
8664 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8665 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
8666 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
8667 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
8668 	}
8669 #endif
8670 
8671 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
8672 		ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8673 	}
8674 
8675 	spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa, tx);
8676 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
8677 
8678 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
8679 
8680 	/*
8681 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
8682 	 */
8683 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
8684 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
8685 
8686 	/*
8687 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
8688 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
8689 	 */
8690 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
8691 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
8692 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
8693 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
8694 	}
8695 
8696 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
8697 
8698 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8699 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8700 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8701 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8702 	}
8703 
8704 	/*
8705 	 * Update usable space statistics.
8706 	 */
8707 	while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
8708 	    != NULL)
8709 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
8710 
8711 	metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_normal_class, txg);
8712 	metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_log_class, txg);
8713 
8714 	spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa);
8715 
8716 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
8717 
8718 	/*
8719 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
8720 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
8721 	 */
8722 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
8723 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8724 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
8725 
8726 	while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
8727 		delay(1);
8728 
8729 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8730 
8731 	/*
8732 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
8733 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
8734 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
8735 	 * that txg has been completed.
8736 	 */
8737 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
8738 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8739 
8740 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
8741 
8742 	/* Mark unused spares as needing a health check. */
8743 	if (spa_spare_poll_interval_seconds != 0 &&
8744 	    NSEC2SEC(gethrtime() - spa->spa_spares_last_polled) >
8745 	    spa_spare_poll_interval_seconds) {
8746 		spa_spare_poll(spa);
8747 		spa->spa_spares_last_polled = gethrtime();
8748 	}
8749 
8750 	/*
8751 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
8752 	 */
8753 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
8754 }
8755 
8756 /*
8757  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
8758  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
8759  * sync.
8760  */
8761 void
8762 spa_sync_allpools(void)
8763 {
8764 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
8765 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8766 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
8767 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
8768 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
8769 			continue;
8770 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8771 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8772 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8773 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8774 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8775 	}
8776 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8777 }
8778 
8779 /*
8780  * ==========================================================================
8781  * Miscellaneous routines
8782  * ==========================================================================
8783  */
8784 
8785 /*
8786  * Remove all pools in the system.
8787  */
8788 void
8789 spa_evict_all(void)
8790 {
8791 	spa_t *spa;
8792 
8793 	/*
8794 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
8795 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
8796 	 */
8797 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8798 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
8799 		/*
8800 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
8801 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
8802 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
8803 		 */
8804 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8805 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8806 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
8807 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8808 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8809 
8810 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
8811 			spa_unload(spa);
8812 			spa_deactivate(spa);
8813 		}
8814 		spa_remove(spa);
8815 	}
8816 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8817 }
8818 
8819 vdev_t *
8820 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
8821 {
8822 	vdev_t *vd;
8823 	int i;
8824 
8825 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
8826 		return (vd);
8827 
8828 	if (aux) {
8829 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
8830 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
8831 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8832 				return (vd);
8833 		}
8834 
8835 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
8836 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
8837 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8838 				return (vd);
8839 		}
8840 	}
8841 
8842 	return (NULL);
8843 }
8844 
8845 void
8846 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
8847 {
8848 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8849 
8850 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8851 
8852 	/*
8853 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
8854 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
8855 	 * possible.
8856 	 */
8857 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
8858 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8859 
8860 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8861 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8862 
8863 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8864 
8865 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8866 }
8867 
8868 boolean_t
8869 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
8870 {
8871 	int i;
8872 	uint64_t spareguid;
8873 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8874 
8875 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8876 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
8877 			return (B_TRUE);
8878 
8879 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
8880 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
8881 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
8882 			return (B_TRUE);
8883 	}
8884 
8885 	return (B_FALSE);
8886 }
8887 
8888 /*
8889  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
8890  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
8891  */
8892 static boolean_t
8893 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
8894 {
8895 	int i, refcnt;
8896 	uint64_t pool;
8897 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8898 
8899 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
8900 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
8901 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
8902 		    refcnt > 2)
8903 			return (B_TRUE);
8904 	}
8905 
8906 	return (B_FALSE);
8907 }
8908 
8909 uint64_t
8910 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t *spa)
8911 {
8912 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
8913 	uint64_t m = 0;
8914 
8915 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8916 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8917 		if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd))
8918 			continue;
8919 		m += vd->vdev_ms_count;
8920 	}
8921 	return (m);
8922 }
8923 
8924 /*
8925  * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
8926  * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
8927  * whether it is finished waiting.
8928  */
8929 void
8930 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t *spa)
8931 {
8932 	/*
8933 	 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
8934 	 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
8935 	 */
8936 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8937 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
8938 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8939 }
8940 
8941 /*
8942  * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
8943  * they are finished using the spa_t.
8944  */
8945 void
8946 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t *spa)
8947 {
8948 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8949 	spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_TRUE;
8950 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
8951 	while (spa->spa_waiters != 0)
8952 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_waiters_cv, &spa->spa_activities_lock);
8953 	spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_FALSE;
8954 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8955 }
8956 
8957 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants is initializing. */
8958 static boolean_t
8959 spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vdev_t *vd)
8960 {
8961 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
8962 	boolean_t initializing;
8963 
8964 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, RW_READER));
8965 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
8966 
8967 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8968 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
8969 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8970 
8971 	initializing = (vd->vdev_initialize_state == VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
8972 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
8973 
8974 	if (initializing)
8975 		return (B_TRUE);
8976 
8977 	for (int i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
8978 		if (spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vd->vdev_child[i]))
8979 			return (B_TRUE);
8980 	}
8981 
8982 	return (B_FALSE);
8983 }
8984 
8985 /*
8986  * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
8987  * being initialized. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool is being
8988  * initialized. The caller must hold the config lock and spa_activities_lock.
8989  */
8990 static int
8991 spa_vdev_initializing(spa_t *spa, boolean_t use_guid, uint64_t guid,
8992     boolean_t *in_progress)
8993 {
8994 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8995 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8996 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
8997 
8998 	vdev_t *vd;
8999 	if (use_guid) {
9000 		vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
9001 		if (vd == NULL || !vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
9002 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9003 			return (EINVAL);
9004 		}
9005 	} else {
9006 		vd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9007 	}
9008 
9009 	*in_progress = spa_vdev_initializing_impl(vd);
9010 
9011 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9012 	return (0);
9013 }
9014 
9015 /*
9016  * Locking for waiting threads
9017  * ---------------------------
9018  *
9019  * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9020  * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9021  * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9022  * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9023  * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9024  * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9025  * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9026  * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9027  *
9028  * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9029  * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9030  * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9031  * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9032  * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9033  * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9034  *
9035  * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9036  * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9037  * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9038  * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9039  * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9040  *
9041  * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9042  * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9043  * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9044  * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9045  * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9046  *
9047  * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9048  * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9049  * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9050  * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9051  * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9052  * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9053  * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9054  * first.
9055  */
9056 
9057 static int
9058 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t *spa, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
9059     boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *in_progress)
9060 {
9061 	int error = 0;
9062 
9063 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
9064 
9065 	switch (activity) {
9066 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD:
9067 		*in_progress =
9068 		    (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT) &&
9069 		    zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa),
9070 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT) ==
9071 		    ENOENT);
9072 		break;
9073 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE:
9074 		*in_progress = ((spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS &&
9075 		    !bpobj_is_empty(&spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_free_bpobj)) ||
9076 		    spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY));
9077 		break;
9078 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE:
9079 		error = spa_vdev_initializing(spa, use_tag, tag, in_progress);
9080 		break;
9081 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE:
9082 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9083 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
9084 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9085 
9086 		*in_progress = vdev_replace_in_progress(spa->spa_root_vdev);
9087 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9088 		break;
9089 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE:
9090 		*in_progress = (spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state ==
9091 		    DSS_SCANNING);
9092 		break;
9093 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER:
9094 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB:
9095 	{
9096 		boolean_t scanning, paused, is_scrub;
9097 		dsl_scan_t *scn =  spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_scan;
9098 
9099 		is_scrub = (scn->scn_phys.scn_func == POOL_SCAN_SCRUB);
9100 		scanning = (scn->scn_phys.scn_state == DSS_SCANNING);
9101 		paused = dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn);
9102 		*in_progress = (scanning && !paused &&
9103 		    is_scrub == (activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB));
9104 		break;
9105 	}
9106 	default:
9107 		panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity);
9108 	}
9109 
9110 	return (error);
9111 }
9112 
9113 static int
9114 spa_wait_common(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
9115     boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *waited)
9116 {
9117 	/*
9118 	 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9119 	 * 'initialize' is the only activity that we use this for. The other
9120 	 * activities can only have a single instance in progress in a pool at
9121 	 * one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9122 	 *
9123 	 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9124 	 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9125 	 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9126 	 */
9127 	if (use_tag && activity != ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE)
9128 		return (EINVAL);
9129 
9130 	if (activity < 0 || activity >= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES)
9131 		return (EINVAL);
9132 
9133 	spa_t *spa;
9134 	int error = spa_open(pool, &spa, FTAG);
9135 	if (error != 0)
9136 		return (error);
9137 
9138 	/*
9139 	 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9140 	 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9141 	 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9142 	 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9143 	 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9144 	 * potentially long wait.
9145 	 */
9146 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9147 	spa->spa_waiters++;
9148 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
9149 
9150 	*waited = B_FALSE;
9151 	for (;;) {
9152 		boolean_t in_progress;
9153 		error = spa_activity_in_progress(spa, activity, use_tag, tag,
9154 		    &in_progress);
9155 
9156 		if (!in_progress || spa->spa_waiters_cancel || error)
9157 			break;
9158 
9159 		*waited = B_TRUE;
9160 
9161 		if (cv_wait_sig(&spa->spa_activities_cv,
9162 		    &spa->spa_activities_lock) == 0) {
9163 			error = EINTR;
9164 			break;
9165 		}
9166 	}
9167 
9168 	spa->spa_waiters--;
9169 	cv_signal(&spa->spa_waiters_cv);
9170 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9171 
9172 	return (error);
9173 }
9174 
9175 /*
9176  * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9177  * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9178  */
9179 int
9180 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, uint64_t tag,
9181     boolean_t *waited)
9182 {
9183 	return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_TRUE, tag, waited));
9184 }
9185 
9186 /*
9187  * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9188  */
9189 int
9190 spa_wait(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, boolean_t *waited)
9191 {
9192 
9193 	return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_FALSE, 0, waited));
9194 }
9195 
9196 sysevent_t *
9197 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
9198 {
9199 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
9200 #ifdef _KERNEL
9201 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
9202 	sysevent_value_t	value;
9203 
9204 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
9205 	    SE_SLEEP);
9206 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
9207 
9208 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
9209 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
9210 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
9211 		goto done;
9212 
9213 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
9214 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
9215 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
9216 		goto done;
9217 
9218 	if (vd) {
9219 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
9220 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
9221 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
9222 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
9223 			goto done;
9224 
9225 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
9226 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
9227 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
9228 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
9229 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
9230 				goto done;
9231 		}
9232 	}
9233 
9234 	if (hist_nvl != NULL) {
9235 		fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl);
9236 	}
9237 
9238 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
9239 		goto done;
9240 	attr = NULL;
9241 
9242 done:
9243 	if (attr)
9244 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
9245 
9246 #endif
9247 	return (ev);
9248 }
9249 
9250 void
9251 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
9252 {
9253 #ifdef _KERNEL
9254 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
9255 
9256 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
9257 	sysevent_free(ev);
9258 #endif
9259 }
9260 
9261 void
9262 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev)
9263 {
9264 #ifdef _KERNEL
9265 	sysevent_free(ev);
9266 #endif
9267 }
9268 
9269 /*
9270  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
9271  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
9272  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl.  This
9273  * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to
9274  * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes.
9275  */
9276 void
9277 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
9278 {
9279 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
9280 }
9281